AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 30, 1998 REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ---------------- FORM S-4 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ---------------- ATC GROUP SERVICES INC.* (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER) ---------------- DELAWARE 8734 46-0399408 (STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER JURISDICTION OF INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER) INCORPORATION OR CODE NUMBER) ORGANIZATION) ---------------- 104 EAST 25TH STREET, TENTH FLOOR NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010 (TELEPHONE: 212-353-8280) (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) ---------------- NICHOLAS J. MALINO CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. 104 EAST 25TH STREET, TENTH FLOOR NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10010 (TELEPHONE: 212-353-8280) (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE) ---------------- COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO: CLAUDE S. SERFILIPPI, ESQ. CHADBOURNE & PARKE LLP 30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10112 (TELEPHONE: 212-408-5100) ---------------- APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. ---------------- IF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE BEING OFFERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE FORMATION OF A HOLDING COMPANY AND THERE IS COMPLIANCE WITH GENERAL INSTRUCTION G, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. [_] ---------------- CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PROPOSED PROPOSED AMOUNT MAXIMUM MAXIMUM TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF TO BE AGGREGATE PRICE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER NOTE OFFERING PRICE(1) REGISTRATION FEE - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.............. $100,000,000 100.0% $100,000,000 $29,500 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933. ---------------- THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF I.R.S. EMPLOYER AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- ATC Blattert Inc.......... South Dakota 46-0435981 ATC Construction Services Inc. .................... Massachusetts 04-3353299 ATC Environmental Inc..... Delaware 43-1783470 ATC InSys Technology Inc.. Delaware 13-3889249 ATC Management Inc........ South Dakota 46-0430230 ATC New England Corp...... Delaware 04-3248424 Bing Yen & Associates, Inc...................... California 33-0398574 Environmental Warranty, Inc...................... Connecticut 06-1339917 Hygeia Laboratories Inc. . Delaware 04-3125670 - -------- * The address of these additional registrants is 104 East 25th Street, Tenth Floor, New York, New York, 10010. Their telephone number is (212) 353-8280 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A + +REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE + +SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY + +OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT + +BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR + +THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE + +SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE + +UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF + +ANY SUCH STATE. + ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 30 , 1998 PROSPECTUS ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. OFFER TO EXCHANGE 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME ON , 1998 UNLESS EXTENDED. ATC GROUP SERVICES INC., a Delaware corporation ("ATC" or the "Company"), is hereby offering (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus (the "Prospectus") and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement"), for an equal principal amount of its outstanding 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Private Notes"), of which $100 million aggregate principal amount was issued on January 29, 1998 (the "Issue Date") and is outstanding on the date hereof. The Private Notes were sold by Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, in an offering (the "Offering") by Acquisition Corp. exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. On February 5, 1998, pursuant to the terms of a Merger Agreement, dated as of November 26, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and between the Company, Acquisition Corp. and Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent of Acquisition Corp. ("Holdings"), Acquisition Corp. merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation of the merger (the "Merger"). At the time of the Merger, the Company, the Trustee (as defined herein) and the subsidiary guarantors named therein (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"), entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 1998 (the "Supplemental Indenture"), pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed to guarantee the Notes on a senior subordinated basis and the Company agreed to assume all of the rights and obligations of Acquisition Corp. set forth in the Indenture, dated as of January 23, 1998 (the "Indenture") between Acquisition Corp. and the Trustee pursuant to which the Notes were originally issued. The Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture are referred to herein as the "Supplemented Indenture." See "The Transactions." The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to those of the Private Notes, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Private Notes and except for certain interest provisions related to such registration rights. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Private Notes (which they replace) and will be entitled to the benefits of the Supplemented Indenture. The Exchange Notes will mature on January 15, 2008. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from the Issue Date and will be payable semi- annually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 1998. The Private Notes and the Exchange Notes are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Notes." See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the Notes." The Exchange Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after January 15, 2003, at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In addition, at any time on or prior to January 15, 2001, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined herein) at a redemption price equal to 112% of the principal amount thereof; provided, that immediately following any such redemption at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding. [continued on next page] ----------- SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 20 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND AN INVESTMENT IN THE EXCHANGE NOTES. ----------- THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. ----------- [continued from front cover] The Exchange Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company, and are subordinated in right and payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined herein) and to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and will rank senior in right of payment to all other subordinated obligations of the Company. As of November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the consummation of the Acquisitions and Transactions (each as defined herein), the Company would have an aggregate of approximately $26.2 million of Senior Indebtedness (excluding unused commitments of $28.4 million available under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein)) which would rank senior to the Notes. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data" and "Description of the New Credit Facility." The Company will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered Private Notes not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998, unless the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Private Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. See "The Exchange Offer." The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1998 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), between Acquisition Corp., the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser (as defined herein). The Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Private Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased such Private Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; provided, that the holder is acquiring Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business and is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes. Holders of Private Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company that such conditions have been met. Each broker- dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes, where such Private Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes which contains a plan of distribution with respect to such resale transactions. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker- dealer in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes received for Private Notes where such Private Notes were acquired by a broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (other than Private Notes acquired directly from the Company). The Company has agreed that, for a period of 45 days after the Registration Statement is declared effective, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resales. See "Plan of Distribution." The Company believes that none of the registered holders of the Private Notes is an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company. Since their issuance, the Private Notes have traded on the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval through any automated quotation system. There can be no assurance regarding the future development of a market for the Exchange Notes, or the ability of the holders of the Exchange Notes to sell their Exchange Notes or the price at which such holders may be able to sell their Exchange Notes. If such a market were to develop, the Exchange Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results and the market for similar securities. See "Risk Factors--Lack of Public Market." Holders of Private Notes whose Private Notes are not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Private Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and preferences and will be subject to the limitations applicable thereto under the Supplemented Indenture. Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, the holders of Private Notes will continue to be subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof and the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will have no further obligation to such holders to provide for the registration under the Securities Act of the Private Notes held by them. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from, and the Company agreed to bear all registration expenses of, the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer--Resale of the Exchange Notes." This Prospectus is dated , 1998 NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY SUCH PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT NOR ANY RESALE MADE THEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS AND ANY SUCH RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION. ---------------- THIS PROSPECTUS INCLUDES "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES LAWS. ALL STATEMENTS REGARDING THE COMPANY'S AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES' EXPECTED FINANCIAL POSITION, BUSINESS AND FINANCING PLANS ARE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. ALTHOUGH THE COMPANY AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES BELIEVE THAT THE EXPECTATIONS REFLECTED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE REASONABLE, THEY CAN GIVE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH EXPECTATIONS WILL PROVE TO HAVE BEEN CORRECT. IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM SUCH EXPECTATIONS ("CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS") ARE DISCLOSED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" AND "BUSINESS." ALL SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE EXPRESSLY QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS. ---------------- NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER CHAPTER 421-B OF THE NEW HAMPSHIRE REVISED STATUTES WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE FACT THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATIONS OF, OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO, ANY PERSON, SECURITY OR TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH. AVAILABLE INFORMATION This Prospectus constitutes a part of an exchange offer Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. Reference is made to such Registration Statement and to the exhibits relating thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Exchange Notes. Any statement contained herein concerning the provisions of certain documents are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for a more complete description of the matter involved. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. 3 As a result of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the Company will become subject to the informational requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and in accordance therewith will be required to file with or furnish to the Commission certain reports and other information. The Registration Statement, the exhibits and schedules thereto, reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Company may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such material may be obtained by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Additionally, the Commission maintains a Web site on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that submit electronic filings to the Commission, including the Company. The Indenture requires the Company to deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after filing of the same with the Commission, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of Exchange Act, the Indenture requires the Company to file with the Commission to the extent permitted, and provide the Trustee and holders with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 4 SUMMARY The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial data, including the financial statements and notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. As used in this Prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to (i) "Acquisition Corp." are to Acquisition Corp. prior to the Merger and to ATC Group Services Inc. after the Merger, as the context requires, (ii) "ATC" or the "Company" are to ATC Group Services Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, (iii) "Holdings" are to Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent of the Company and (iv) a fiscal year are to the Company's fiscal year ended the last day of February. THE COMPANY ATC is a leading national provider of professional consulting, engineering and testing services within the environmental and construction materials industries. Management believes the Company is also a leading provider of integrated environmental information management technology services. The Company provides a broad range of services to a diverse client base of over 8,000 customers, with domestic businesses and non-federal government entities representing over 95.0% of the Company's gross revenues for the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. No single customer represented more than 1.8% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. In addition, the Company's ten largest customers taken together accounted for less than 13.6% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. The Company provides its services through a network of 73 branch offices located in 34 states covering every major market of the United States. Asset preservation, liability and health related considerations have increasingly driven demand in the environmental services industry, whereas regulation has decreased as a driver over time. As a result of these market dynamics, environmental administration has become an integral component of day- to-day property management activities. Management believes that ATC is well- positioned to take advantage of certain rapidly growing sectors of the approximately $16.0 billion environmental services industry. In addition, the industry is highly fragmented and management believes that the industry presents many favorable opportunities for growth through acquisitions. In 1993, the Company initiated a strategy of controlled growth through acquisitions to build a national infrastructure and to broaden its range of technical services. The Company has created a national infrastructure through the completion of 12 acquisitions since May 1993. ATC has thereby also expanded its service mix by adding construction materials testing and engineering, lead risk management, indoor air quality management, water and wastewater management and information management technology services. As a result of this growth and diversification strategy, net revenues and EBITDA (as defined) increased to fiscal 1997 levels of $95.9 million and $13.8 million, respectively, from $15.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 1993. Management believes that ATC is well-positioned to grow revenues and EBITDA in the future. The key elements of its continuing strategy to achieve this growth include (i) pursuing cross-selling opportunities presented by ATC's recently diversified service mix and recently developed national infrastructure, (ii) capitalizing on specific sectors which management believes have high growth potential, including indoor air quality, risk assessment, Brownfield development and environmental information management technology services outsourcing, (iii) expanding its national programs, the first of which was established in 1995, which emphasize expanding existing regional or local customer relationships into national relationships and (iv) increasing profitability by implementing tactical acquisitions. Management intends to pursue companies that can be "tucked into" ATC's established infrastructure and that provide opportunities for additional contribution from branch operations without proportional increases to overhead or fixed costs. 5 The following table describes services provided by the Company: ----------------------------- ATC GROUP SERVICES INC.(1)(2) ----------------------------- Pro Forma Gross Revenues: $182.4 million for fiscal 1997 (3) ----------------------------- - ----------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVICES (4) TESTING AND ENGINEERING (5) TECHNOLOGY (6) - ----------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ 79.9% of pro forma 14.5% of pro forma fiscal 5.6% of pro forma fiscal fiscal 1997 gross 1997 gross revenues 1997 gross revenues revenues - ----------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ . Environmental Engi- . Construction Materials . System Design neering and Testing and Engineering . System Development Consulting(7) . Geotechnical Engineering . Maintenance and . Industrial Hygiene(8) and Consulting Management of Main- . Water and Wastewater frame and Client- Management(9) Server Environments . Lead Risk Manage- . Environmental Info- ment(10) rmation Management . Health and Safety Technology Training(11) - ------- (1) While the Company's product and service offerings include minor remediation projects such as groundwater recovery systems, they do not include actual remediation of "Super Fund" sites, asbestos removal or nuclear waste disposal, nor is the Company routinely involved in the handling, transportation, storage or disposal of hazardous waste. (2) Gross revenues include a negligible amount of gross revenues from non-core businesses not described in this chart, such as environmental insurance and building condition surveys. See "Business--Other ATC Products and Services." (3) The information set forth in this chart is pro forma to reflect the Merger and the acquisitions of American Testing and Engineering Corp., 3D Information Systems Inc., BCM Engineers, Inc., Environmental Warranty, Inc. and Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. as if each acquisition occurred at March 1, 1996. The difference between gross and net revenues is reimbursable costs. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." (4) Environmental services include (a) environmental engineering, consulting and testing services such as environmental audits (for example, Phase I and Phase II reports), site assessments, remedial action planning and design, and soil and groundwater remediation management, (b) industrial hygiene consulting services, including asbestos management, indoor air quality, occupational hazard assessments and other industrial hygiene consulting services, (c) water and wastewater management including the design of wastewater treatment facilities, (d) lead risk management and (e) health and safety training which includes revenues generated by the "Environmental Institute," the Company's environmental training facility. (5) Construction materials testing engineering services include (a) systematic testing and inspection of construction materials and (b) geotechnical engineering and consulting services involving analysis of soil for construction of structures supported on or within the earth. (6) Information management technology services includes system design, system development, maintenance and management of mainframe and client-server environments and environmental information management technology. Information management technology services can be provided in conjunction with the Company's environmental services or can be provided as a separate independent service to clients. (7) 46.6% of pro forma fiscal 1997 gross revenues. (8) 24.8% of pro forma fiscal 1997 gross revenues. (9) 5.1% of pro forma fiscal 1997 gross revenues. (10) 1.9% of pro forma fiscal 1997 gross revenues. (11) 1.5% of pro forma fiscal 1997 gross revenues. 6 COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Management believes the following competitive strengths contribute to the Company's position as a market leader and to its growth in revenues and EBITDA: . Strong Branch Operations and Low Overhead Costs. Management believes that its operating structure results in higher profitability than most of its competitors. During the nine months ended November 30, 1997, over 90.0% of the Company's branches generated operating profit at the branch level before allocation of interest, taxes and corporate overhead such as corporate accounting, corporate marketing, corporate human resources, corporate management salaries, goodwill, general legal expenses, external accountants and public company expenses ("Branch Operating Profit"). Calculation of Branch Operating Profit includes such items as branch employee payroll, rent, branch depreciation, regional administration and accounting expenses, branch sales and marketing, branch employee benefits, branch insurance and bad debt expenses. In addition, more than 32.0% of the branches generated greater than 20.0% of Branch Operating Profit and more than 23.0% generated greater than 25.0% of Branch Operating Profit. Strong Branch Operating Profit is attributable to management's entrepreneurial model for branch operations. Branches are operated as coordinated business units with financial incentives for branch managers to meet certain financial and operating criteria set by corporate management. In addition, ATC corporate overhead costs are low as a result of this decentralized operating structure. For fiscal 1997 and the nine months ended November 30, 1997, overhead represented approximately 6.0% and 9.3%, respectively, of net revenues compared to the industry average of approximately 13.5%. . High Utilization Rates. The Company's utilization rates, measured as a percentage of hours billable, are believed to be among the highest in the industry at approximately 70.6% for the nine months ended November 30, 1997. The Company's utilization rate, measured as a percentage of billable hours to net hours recorded, is calculated by deducting employee benefit hours from gross hours recorded on the time sheets. This net billable utilization rate includes hours recorded for all branches, including local administrative staff time, but excludes any corporate staff at the Company's headquarters and two administrative offices. Management believes its utilization rate is attributable to certain key initiatives. ATC employs approximately 16.2% of its work force under its flexible staff program. Flexible staff employees are employed only for hours to be charged to client engagements, resulting in near 100.0% utilization rates for such employees. The Company's breadth of services has allowed management to implement cross-training initiatives to increase employee proficiency in multiple consulting and engineering service disciplines. As a result, ATC, unlike many of the Company's competitors, maximizes the ability of its employees to work on multiple types of projects and reduces non-billable time. . Experienced Management Team and Significant Employee Involvement. The Company has a highly experienced management team which is responsible for the successful growth of the Company's businesses over the past five years. Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze joined ATC in October 1992 and July 1991, respectively, and have led the Company's expansion and service diversification strategy since May 1993. Following the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Malino was appointed Chief Executive Officer and President, and Mr. Vincze was appointed Chief Operating Officer. In addition, ATC's key regional and branch managers have substantial industry experience and have been and will continue to be significant contributors to the implementation of ATC's growth strategy. Furthermore, management has promoted company-wide employee involvement in every phase of new business development. . Nature of Revenues. The Company's revenues are derived from a diverse client base of over 8,000 businesses and government agencies which range from Fortune 500 companies to small and mid-size businesses and federal, state and local governments. No single customer represented more than 1.8% of the Company's revenues for the twelve months ended November 30, 1997, with domestic businesses and non-federal entities representing over 95.0% of the Company's gross revenues. The Company's national infrastructure allows ATC to service its diverse client base throughout the United States. The 7 Company's broad geographic coverage, wide range of high-quality service offerings and strong and diversified customer relationships are key contributors to ATC's stable and recurring revenue stream. . Broad Service Offerings and National Branch Network. The Company benefits from economies of scale, particularly in its ability to provide a broad range of services through its national branch network. As a result, the Company is well-positioned to take advantage of the increasing tendency for clients to obtain environmental and consulting services from fewer providers. Companies are seeking larger providers such as ATC that have a national network of branch office locations, a broad range of service capabilities, engineers and consultants with strong technical skills and team mobilization capabilities and insurance coverage with higher limits than that provided by smaller firms. In addition, the Company has an advantage over its smaller competitors in its ability to leverage its overhead costs by spreading corporate selling, general and administrative costs over a larger number of branch office locations. As a result of these economies of scale, the Company is well-positioned to continue to achieve growth in both revenues and profitability. BUSINESS STRATEGY In 1993, the Company began the implementation of a strategy, the key elements of which were designed to: (i) establish a national infrastructure of branch office locations and (ii) diversify its service offerings. Management believes that the Company has achieved these strategic, structural objectives and now intends to focus on the following strategies to build on this foundation to improve its market position and to grow operating earnings: . Cross-Sell Services. As a result of its acquisition strategy, the Company has expanded its service offerings and client portfolio. This has resulted in many cross-selling successes for the Company because ATC has been able to sell additional services to existing clients and newly acquired clients. Management expects these cross-selling opportunities to continue at an accelerated rate as a result of its acquired service capabilities in the construction materials testing and engineering, lead risk management, water and wastewater management and information management technology services. Additionally, the Company's national infrastructure provides opportunities for cross-selling expanded services to existing customers that currently receive more limited services on a local or regional basis. . Focus on High-Growth Services and Sectors. The successful implementation of strategies designed to increase service offerings has resulted in the Company's ability to capitalize on many high-growth market opportunities. ATC is well-positioned to take advantage of the niche markets of indoor air quality management, water and wastewater management, risk assessment, Brownfield development and environmental information management technology services, each of which management believes has high growth potential. In addition, management intends to take advantage of trends such as the outsourcing of specialized technical services by national and multi-national corporations. . Expand National Sales Programs and Develop International Opportunities. Since 1995, ATC has implemented six national programs which have been highly successful in generating new business from existing clients and from specific industries with growth potential. Existing programs focus on incremental revenues from clients in the lead risk management, hazardous waste/Brownfield development, PCS/wireless communications industry, national commercial account management programs, federal programs and petroleum markets. In the Asia-Pacific markets, the Company is in the early stages of its long-term effort to take advantage of a developing demand for environmental services. ATC is currently providing asbestos management services to Mitsui Fudosan in Japan and is providing design services for a wastewater treatment facility in China for a multi-national corporation. The Company intends to use such relationships to pursue other opportunities in these markets. . Pursue Tactical Acquisitions. ATC has developed significant expertise in identifying, completing and integrating acquisitions. ATC plans to apply its expertise in assimilating acquired companies' personnel 8 and branch operations into ATC's existing infrastructure and expanding acquired companies' service and product offerings to existing clients. Management intends to strengthen its position as a leading industry consolidator through tactical acquisitions which meet operating, financial and geographic criteria. Management believes that its existing national infrastructure provides a platform for "tuck-in" acquisitions of regional and local companies. According to management estimates, there are 3,500 companies whose businesses are complementary to those of the Company. Management believes that a significant number of those companies could be operated more profitably as part of ATC's operations. . Emphasis on Business Fundamentals. Management believes that industry participants typically have management teams with predominantly technical orientations. In contrast, ATC has distinguished itself by focusing on business fundamentals to complement its technical expertise. ATC intends to continue to emphasize a disciplined approach to such basic business fundamentals as selling and marketing, customer service, cost management, overtime minimization and collection of receivables. THE TRANSACTIONS The Company, Holdings and Acquisition Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, entered into the Merger Agreement pursuant to which Acquisition Corp. offered to purchase all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $ 0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company in accordance with the terms of an offer to purchase, dated December 4, 1997, as amended (the "Offer to Purchase"), at a price of $12.00 per share, net to the seller in cash (the "Tender Offer"). Holdings is a Delaware corporation owned by affiliates of Weiss, Peck & Greer, L.L.C. ("Weiss Peck") and other investors, including current ATC management and employees. Acquisition Corp. acquired ownership in excess of 90% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Tender Offer, which expired on January 29, 1998, and the subsequent purchase in the open market of approximately 15,000 shares of Common Stock. On February 5, 1998, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement and upon the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and in accordance with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), Acquisition Corp. merged with and into the Company (the "Merger" and, together with the Offering, the Tender Offer and the refinancing of approximately $41.4 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness of ATC upon consummation of the Merger, the "Transactions") with the Company as the surviving corporation of the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. At the time of the Merger, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into the Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors assumed all of the rights and obligations of Acquisition Corp. set forth in the Indenture. Acquisition Corp. used approximately $160.0 million to consummate the Tender Offer, Merger and refinancing of approximately $41.4 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness of ATC. These funds were provided by (i) the proceeds of a $20.0 million term loan (the "Term Loan") entered into by the Company upon consummation of the Tender Offer and funded at the time of the Merger, (ii) the sale of the Private Notes, (iii) a $32.5 million capital contribution (the "Holdings Contribution") to Acquisition Corp. from Holdings ($30.0 million of which was contributed on the Issue Date), (iv) borrowings of approximately $1.6 million under a revolving credit facility entered into upon consummation of the Tender Offer and funded at the time of the Merger (the "Revolving Credit Facility" and together with the Term Loan, the "New Credit Facility") and (v) cash on hand of $5.8 million. The Holdings Contribution was provided by (a) an equity investment of approximately $19.9 million in the common stock of Holdings by affiliates of Weiss Peck, (b) an equity investment of $0.5 million in the common stock of Holdings by Jackson National Life Insurance Company together with its affiliates ("JNL"), (c) the issuance to JNL of preferred stock of Holdings, par value $0.01, redeemable 2009, having an original aggregate 9 liquidation value of $10.0 million, and expected to accrue dividends through the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock, at a compounded rate of 8.0% per annum (the "Holdings Preferred Stock") and warrants entitling JNL to purchase 6.0% of the shares of common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis (the "Warrants" and collectively with the offering of the Holdings Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock Offering"), see "Description of Preferred Stock," and (d) an equity investment of approximately $2.1 million in common stock of Holdings by ATC management and employees (including the economic value of Holdings employee stock options which replaced existing ATC options). Weiss Peck is a private investment firm, founded in 1970, which manages in excess of $14 billion in public equities and fixed-income securities for institutional and individual clients worldwide. In addition to its money management activities, the firm has a twenty-seven year history as an investor of equity capital in over 200 venture capital and private equity transactions. Investments of its Private Equity Group are made through affiliated funds with $230 million of committed capital. 10 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Acquisitions On November 26, 1997, the Company completed the purchase of all of the outstanding stock of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. ("Bing Yen"). Bing Yen provides geotechnical and structural forensic services to a wide variety of clients in the western United States. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The purchase price totaled $4.3 million, consisting of $2.2 million paid at closing, $0.6 million in the form of a short-term, interest bearing promissory note, $1.2 million in unsecured, three-year, interest bearing notes and the assumption of liabilities and transaction costs of $0.4 million. In addition a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million in unsecured contingent achievement promissory notes will be issued if certain minimum net revenue levels are achieved resulting in a maximum purchase price of $5.4 million. On November 4, 1997, the Company purchased 100% of the outstanding preferred stock and 90.9% of the outstanding common stock of Environmental Warranty, Inc. ("EWI"), a property and casualty insurance brokerage firm specializing in environmental insurance with property and casualty licenses, including excess and surplus lines in 43 states and with license applications pending in an additional five states. EWI sells insurance products covering environmental liabilities to large property owners and municipal government clients. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase. The purchase price totaled approximately $1.7 million, consisting of $218,750 (includes $68,750 for partial payment of the assumed payments commitments totaling $275,000) in cash at closing, $582,424 (net of imputed interest) in contingent three-year, non- interest bearing notes (subject to certain set-offs), $206,250 of unconditional payment commitments due in three annual installments, 33,000 shares of unregistered Common Stock of the Company (valued at $11 1/16 per share) and the assumption of liabilities and transaction costs of $339,811. On August 20, 1997, the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation ("Smith Technology") which operated primarily as BCM Engineers, Inc. ("BCM"). BCM is a leading environmental engineering and consulting firm that provides services in water and wastewater treatment, natural resources management, environmental compliance and site investigation, remedial design and engineering, asbestos and air quality management. The acquisition of BCM was accounted for as a purchase. The purchase price totaled $12.5 million consisting of $5.4 million in cash, $2.8 million in short-term notes payable that are subject to set-offs and assumed liabilities and transaction costs of $4.3 million, including working capital liabilities. The acquisitions of Bing Yen, EWI and BCM are collectively referred to herein as the "Acquisitions." Each of the seller notes issued in connection with the Acquisitions, including contingent notes, constitutes Senior Indebtedness. 11 CORPORATE STRUCTURE Affiliates of Weiss Peck, JNL and certain of its affiliates, and management and employees of ATC own approximately 68.2%, 7.7% and 24.1%, respectively, of the common stock of Holdings on a fully diluted basis. Management's and employees' 24.1% fully diluted ownership is based on an equity investment of $2.1 million and options to purchase 11.7% of the common stock of Holdings. JNL owns 100.0% of the Holdings Preferred Stock. The following chart sets forth the Company's corporate structure: Acquisition Holdings, Inc. . $10.0 million of Preferred Stock and Warrants (1) . $22.5 million Equity Investment (1) [DOWN ARROW] 100% ATC Group Services Inc. (2) . Borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility . $20.0 million Term Loan (1) . $100.0 million of Notes (1) [DOWN ARROW] 100% Subsidiary Guarantors (3) - -------- (1) Acquisition Corp. used approximately $160.0 million to consummate the Tender Offer, Merger and refinancing of approximately $41.4 million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness of ATC (including related fees and expenses). This sum was provided by (a) $20.0 million of borrowings under the Term Loan, see "Description of New Credit Facility," (b) gross proceeds of $100.0 million from the issuance of the Private Notes, see "Description of the Notes," (c) the $32.5 million Holdings Contribution (comprised of (i) the issuance of $10.0 million of Holdings Preferred Stock and Warrants to JNL, see "Description of Preferred Stock," (ii) an equity investment of $19.9 million by affiliates of Weiss Peck and $0.5 million by JNL and (iii) an equity investment of approximately $2.1 million by ATC management and employees (including the economic value of Holdings employee stock options which replaced ATC options)) (d) borrowings of approximately $1.6 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, see "Description of New Credit Facility" and (e) cash on hand of $5.8 million. (2) Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Acquisition Corp. merged with and into ATC on February 5, 1998, with ATC as the surviving corporation. (3) The Subsidiary Guarantors unconditionally guarantee all amounts owed under the New Credit Facility on a senior basis and guarantee all amounts owing under the Notes on a senior subordinated basis. ATC currently owns 100% of the outstanding preferred stock and 90.9% of the outstanding common stock of EWI. 12 THE EXCHANGE OFFER The Exchange Offer The Exchange Offer.......... The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are hereby offering to exchange Exchange Notes for an equal principal amount of Private Notes that are properly tendered and accepted. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will issue Exchange Notes on or as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date. As of the date hereof, there is $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of Private Notes outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer." Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors believe that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Private Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder is acquiring Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is not participating, does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and is not an "affiliate" of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Each broker-dealer who holds Private Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities and who receives Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer for its own account in exchange therefor must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Letter of Transmittal that accompanies this Prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Any holder of Private Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer with the intention to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes cannot rely on the above-referenced position of the staff of the Commission and, in the absence of an exemption under the Securities Act, would have to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements therein in connection with any resale transaction. Failure to comply with such requirements in such instance could result in such holder incurring liability under the Securities Act for which the holder is not indemnified by the Company. See "The Exchange Offer--Resale of the Exchange Notes." 13 Registration Rights......... The Private Notes were sold by Acquisition Corp. on January 29, 1998 to BT Alex. Brown (the "Initial Purchaser") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1998 (the "Purchase Agreement"), among Acquisition Corp., the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Acquisition Corp. and the Subsidiary Guarantors entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchaser, which agreement grants the holders of Private Notes certain exchange and registration rights. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy, as to all Notes, such rights. Except under certain limited circumstances, the holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to the Exchange Notes. Holders of Private Notes who do not participate in the Exchange Offer may thereafter hold a less liquid security. See "The Exchange Offer--Termination of Certain Rights." The Company will not receive any proceeds from and has agreed to bear the expenses of the Exchange Offer. Expiration Date............. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1998. Procedures for Tendering Each holder of Private Notes wishing to accept Private Notes.............. the Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance with the instructions contained herein and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with such Private Notes and any other required documentation to State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Exchange Agent (the "Exchange Agent"), at the address set forth herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal, the holder will represent to and agree with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that, among other things, (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by such holder of Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by such holder in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such holder is not participating, does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, and (iii) such holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such holder will be required to acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that such holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering." Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners.......... Any beneficial owner whose Private Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other 14 nominee and who wishes to tender such Private Notes in the Exchange Offer should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such owner's Private Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering." Guaranteed Delivery Holders of Private Notes who wish to tender their Procedures................. Private Notes and whose Private Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Private Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documentation required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Private Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Acceptance of the Private Notes and Delivery of the Exchange Notes............. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will accept for exchange any and all Private Notes that are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered on the earliest practicable date following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer." Withdrawal Rights........... Tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer--Withdrawal of Tenders." Certain Tax Considerations.. For a discussion of certain tax considerations relating to the Exchange Notes, see "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations." Exchange Agent.............. State Street Bank and Trust Company is serving as the Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer. State Street Bank and Trust Company also serves as trustee (the "Trustee") under the Supplemented Indenture. 15 The Notes The Exchange Offer applies to the $100 million aggregate principal amount of Private Notes. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Private Notes except that the Exchange Notes will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to any of the registration rights of holders of the Private Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate, except under certain limited circumstances, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Private Notes (which they replace) and will be issued under, and be entitled to the benefits of, the Supplemented Indenture. For further information and for definitions of certain capitalized terms, see "Description of the Notes." Acquisition Corp............ ATC Group Services Inc. Notes....................... $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008. Maturity Date............... January 15, 2008. Interest Payment Dates...... Interest on the Notes will accrue from the Issue Date and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 1998. Optional Redemption......... The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company on or after January 15, 2003 at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. The Notes are not otherwise redeemable by the Company prior to January 15, 2003, except that, at any time on or prior to January 15, 2001, the Company, at its option, may redeem, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings, up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal to 112% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately following such redemption. See "Description of the Notes--Redemption." Change of Control........... Upon a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have the right, subject to certain restrictions, to require the Company to repurchase such holder's Notes at a price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. See "Description of the Notes-- Change of Control." Ranking..................... The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness and to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company's subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. The Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with any future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and will rank senior in right of payment to all other subordinated obligations of the Company. As of November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after 16 giving effect to the consummation of the Acquisitions and Transactions, the Company would have an aggregate of approximately $26.2 million of Senior Indebtedness (excluding unused commitments of $28.4 million available under the Revolving Credit Facility) which would rank senior to the Notes. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data" and "Description of the New Credit Facility." Guarantees.................. The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis (the "Guarantees") by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Guarantees are general unsecured obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (as defined herein). The Guarantees rank pari passu with any future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors and rank senior in right of payment to all other subordinated obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors. As of November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the consummation of the Acquisitions and the Transactions, the Subsidiary Guarantors collectively would have had no amount of Guarantor Senior Indebtedness (excluding guarantees of Senior Indebtedness of the Company). Certain Covenants........... The Supplemented Indenture contains certain covenants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries that restrict, among other things, (a) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (b) the payment of dividends and other restricted payments, (c) the creation of certain liens, (d) the use of proceeds from sales of assets and subsidiary stock, (e) sale and leaseback transactions, (f) transactions with affiliates, and (g) conduct of business. The Supplemented Indenture also restricts the Company's ability to consolidate or merge with or into, or to transfer all or substantially all of its assets to, another person. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Company will be required to offer to purchase the Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase, with the net cash proceeds of certain Asset Sales. These restrictions and requirements are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. See "Description of the Notes-- Certain Covenants." Book-Entry, Delivery and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Private Form....................... Notes currently represented by one or more fully registered global notes will be represented by one or more fully registered global notes (collectively, the "Global Notes") and will be deposited upon issuance with The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Depositary") and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Beneficial interests in Global Note(s) representing the Notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. See "Book-Entry; Delivery and Form." For additional information regarding the Notes, see "Description of the Notes." and "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations." 17 NO CASH PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Registration Rights Agreement. None of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors will receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes offered hereby and the Company has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive, in exchange, the Private Notes representing an equal aggregate principal amount. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Private Notes, except as otherwise described herein under "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer." The Private Notes surrendered in exchange for Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in the outstanding indebtedness of the Company. RISK FACTORS See "Risk Factors," immediately following this Summary, for a discussion of certain factors to be considered in evaluating the Company, its business and an investment in the Exchange Notes. ---------------- The Company's principal executive office is located at 104 East 25th Street, Tenth Floor, New York, New York 10010 and its telephone number is (212) 353- 8280. 18 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA The following table sets forth summary historical financial data of the Company for fiscal years 1993 through 1997, for the nine month periods ended November 30, 1996 and November 30, 1997 and as of November 30, 1997 and certain unaudited pro forma financial data of the Company for fiscal year 1997, the nine month period ended November 30, 1997 and as of November 30, 1997. The summary historical financial data for the fiscal years 1993 through 1997 were derived from audited financial statements of the Company. The summary historical financial data as of November 30, 1997 and for the nine months ended November 30, 1996 and November 30, 1997 were derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of the Company for such periods, which, in the opinion of management of the Company, reflect normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data" and the Company's audited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. FISCAL YEAR NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, ------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------- PRO FORMA PRO FORMA 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997(1) 1996 1997 1997(2) ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) OPERATING DATA: Net revenues........... $15,370 $24,380 $33,270 $40,114 $95,901 $148,912 $ 70,062 $ 88,389 $ 102,962 Gross profit........... 6,650 12,294 17,916 20,450 42,151 68,976 31,099 40,448 48,288 Operating income....... 728 3,227 5,625 5,795 11,711 15,508 9,514 7,984 6,088 Income (loss) before income taxes.......... 653 3,077 5,301 5,671 10,398 (48) 8,691 6,030 (4,847) Net income (loss)...... $ 353 $ 1,867 $ 3,257 $ 3,866 $ 6,308 $ (30) $ 5,326 $ 3,604 $ (2,981) OTHER DATA: EBITDA(3).............. $ 1,354 $ 3,913 $ 6,544 $ 7,010 $13,810 $ 21,852 $ 11,044 $ 10,265 $ 11,427 Capital expenditures... 567 731 756 946 1,286 1,713 1,123 1,503 1,564 Depreciation and Amortization.......... 627 686 920 1,214 2,099 6,277 1,530 2,281 5,190 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4)...... 3.1x 7.2x 9.0x 7.3x 4.8x -- 5.6x 2.8x -- AS OF NOVEMBER 30, 1997 -------------------------- PRO FORMA ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED ----------- -------------- SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital...................................... $ 38,072 $ 32,874 Total assets......................................... 117,545 179,253 Short-term and long-term debt(5)..................... 45,946 126,163 Stockholders' equity(5).............................. 49,643 29,821 - -------- (1) Gives pro forma effect to the Transactions and the following acquisitions: (a) On November 26, 1997, ATC acquired substantially all of the assets of Bing Yen for a purchase price of approximately $4.3 million. (b) On November 4, 1997, ATC acquired substantially all of the assets of EWI for a purchase price of $1.7 million. (c) On August 20, 1997, ATC acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of BCM for a purchase price of $12.5 million. (d) On May 28, 1996, ATC acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of 3D Information Services, Inc. for a purchase price of $5.8 million, consisting of cash and notes payable. (e) On May 24, 1996, ATC acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of American Testing and Engineering Corp. for an initial purchase price of $41.6 million comprised of cash, payment obligations and assumed liabilities. The total final purchase price, including earned contingent purchase consideration, was $50.7 million. (2) Gives pro forma effect to the Transactions and the Acquisitions. (3) EBITDA represents the sum of net income before income taxes, interest expense net of interest income and nonoperating items and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a measure of performance or financial condition under generally accepted accounting principles but is presented to provide additional information related to debt service capability. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for other measures of financial performance or liquidity service requirements and it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. (4) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net income before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of (i) interest, whether expensed or capitalized; (ii) amortization of debt expense and discount or premium relating to any indebtedness, whether expensed or capitalized; and (iii) that portion of rental expense considered to represent interest cost (assumed to be one- third). There was a deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for the pro forma nine months ended November 30, 1997 and for pro forma fiscal year 1997 of $4.8 million and $0.05 million, respectively, due to the additional pro forma interest expense. (5) As of January 19, 1998, capital stock had increased for the exercise of certain stock options and long-term debt increased by $250,000 as compared with amounts on the November 30, 1997 unaudited consolidated balance sheet included herein. 19 RISK FACTORS In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating the Company and its business before deciding whether or not to tender Private Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere herein. SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE AND ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT The Company has significant indebtedness. At November 30, 1997, the Company's total liabilities would have been $149.4 million and its stockholders' equity would have been $29.8 million, in each case on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions and Acquisitions. In addition, subject to the restrictions in the New Credit Facility and the Supplemented Indenture, the Company may incur additional indebtedness from time to time to finance acquisitions or capital expenditures or for other purposes. After giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and the Acquisitions as if they had occurred at the beginning of the nine month period ended November 30, 1997 the Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $4.8 million and after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions and the Acquisitions as if they occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997 the Company's earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $0.05 million. The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important consequences to holders of the Notes including, but not limited to, the following: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to debt service and will not be available for other purposes; (ii) the Company's future ability to obtain additional debt financing for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited; and (iii) the Company's level of indebtedness could limit its flexibility in reacting to changes in the industry and general economic conditions. Certain of the Company's competitors currently operate on a less leveraged basis and have greater operating and financing flexibility than the Company. The Company's ability to pay interest on the Notes and to satisfy its other debt obligations will depend upon its future operating performance including its ability to implement its business strategy, which will be affected by the factors described herein and by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond its control. The Company currently anticipates that its operating cash flow, together with borrowings under the New Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet its operating expenses and to service its debt requirements as they become due. However, there can be no assurance that this will be the case and if the Company is unable to service its indebtedness, it will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include actions such as reducing or delaying its strategy of expanding through acquisitions, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing its indebtedness or seeking additional capital. There can be no assurance that any of these strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF INDEBTEDNESS The Supplemented Indenture and the New Credit Facility restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) incur liens; (iii) pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments; (iv) consummate certain asset sales; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) impose restrictions on the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends or make certain payments; (vii) merge or consolidate with any other person; or (viii) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of its assets. See "Description of the Notes-- Certain Covenants" and "Description of New Credit Facility." In addition, the New Credit Facility contains other and more restrictive covenants and prohibits the Company from prepaying certain of its indebtedness (including the Notes) and from making any distribution or other payment on its capital stock. The New Credit Facility also requires the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial tests. The Company's ability to maintain those financial ratios and satisfy those tests will be affected by events 20 beyond its control; there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet such tests. A breach of any of those covenants could result in a default under the New Credit Facility and/or the Supplemented Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the New Credit Facility, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. Substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries are pledged as security under the New Credit Facility. If the Company were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness and any proceeds realized upon the sale of such collateral would be used first to satisfy all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility. If the indebtedness under the New Credit Facility were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that the assets of the Company would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and the other indebtedness of the Company, including the Notes. See "Description of New Credit Facility." SUBORDINATION The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and, as such, are subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings under the New Credit Facility. The Notes will also be effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the assets secured by such indebtedness. As of November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions and the Acquisitions, the Company would have had approximately $26.2 million of Senior Indebtedness. The Company may not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or other amounts owing in respect of the Notes, make any deposit pursuant to any defeasance provisions or repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire the Notes if Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due or any other default on such Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been cured or waived, any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. Moreover, under certain circumstances, if any non-payment default exists with respect to certain Senior Indebtedness, the Company may not make any payments on the Notes for a specified time, unless such default is cured or waived, any acceleration of such indebtedness has been rescinded or such indebtedness has been paid in full. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination." FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS Various fraudulent conveyance laws have been enacted for the protection of creditors and may be utilized by a court to subordinate or void the Notes or the Guarantees, in favor of other existing or future creditors of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors. The original incurrence by Acquisition Corp. of indebtedness, such as the Notes, would be subject to review under relevant federal and state fraudulent conveyance laws in a bankruptcy case or a lawsuit by or on behalf of unpaid creditors of the Company or a representative of such creditors, such as a trustee or the Company as debtor-in-possession. Under such laws, if a court were to find that, at the time the Notes were issued, either (i) Acquisition Corp. issued the Notes with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors, or (ii) Acquisition Corp. received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for incurring the indebtedness represented by the Notes and Acquisition Corp. (a) was insolvent or was rendered insolvent after giving effect to the incurrence of such indebtedness, (b) left with an unreasonably small amount of capital or (c) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured, such court could void the Company's obligations under the Notes and direct the repayment of any amount paid thereunder to the Company or a fund for the benefit of the Company's creditors, or take other action detrimental to the holder of the Notes. The Company believes that Acquisition Corp. received fair consideration and reasonably equivalent value for the Notes and that after giving effect to, the incurrence of the indebtedness and obligations evidenced by the Notes, Acquisition Corp. was (A) neither insolvent nor rendered insolvent thereby, (B) had sufficient capital to operate its business effectively and (C) incurring debts within its ability to pay as the same mature or become due. In reaching 21 the foregoing conclusions, the Company has relied upon, among other things, its analysis of internal cash flow projections and estimated value of its consolidated assets and liabilities. There can be no assurance, however, that any such analysis will prove to be correct or that a court passing on such questions would reach the same conclusions. The Guarantees may be subject to review under relevant federal and state fraudulent conveyance and similar statutes in a potential bankruptcy or reorganization case or a lawsuit by or on behalf of creditors of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. In such a case, the analysis set forth above would generally apply, except that the Guarantees could also be subject to the claim that, since the Guarantees were incurred for the benefit of the Company (and only indirectly for the benefit of the Subsidiary Guarantors), the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors thereunder were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration. A court could void a Subsidiary Guarantor's obligation under its Guarantee, subordinate the Guarantee to other indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor or take other action detrimental to the holders of the Notes. Additionally, under federal bankruptcy or applicable state insolvency law, if a bankruptcy or insolvency were initiated by or against the Company within 90 days after any payment by the Company with respect to the Notes, or if the Company anticipated becoming insolvent at the time of such payment, all or a portion of the payment could be avoided as a preferential transfer and the recipient of such payment could be required to return such payment. LIMITATIONS ON REPURCHASE OF NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL Upon a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have certain rights to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes. See "Description of the Notes." If a Change of Control were to occur, there can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds to pay the repurchase price for all Notes tendered by the holders thereof and such failure would result in an event of default under the Supplemented Indenture. In addition, a Change of Control would constitute a default under the New Credit Facility and is otherwise restricted by the New Credit Facility and may be prohibited or limited by, or create an event of default under, the terms of other agreements relating to borrowings which the Company may enter into from time to time, including other agreements relating to secured indebtedness. If the Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility were accelerated due to a default thereunder, the lenders thereunder would have a priority claim on the proceeds from the sale of the collateral securing the New Credit Facility. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination." HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE The Company conducts part of its operations through its subsidiaries. As a result, the Company relies, in part, upon payment from its subsidiaries for the funds necessary to meet its obligations, including the payment of interest on and principal of the Notes. The ability of the subsidiaries to make such payments will be subject to, among other things, applicable state laws. Claims of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries will generally have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company. At November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions and Acquisitions, holders of the Notes would have been structurally subordinated to no amount of indebtedness plus other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries, which management believes were approximately $5.0 million at November 30, 1997 on the same pro forma basis. GROWTH AND ACQUISITION RISKS One of the Company's primary strategies is to increase its revenues through the acquisition of other companies. Although the Company has successfully completed a number of acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully integrate any additional companies into ATC's operations without substantial costs, delays or other problems. In addition, there can be no assurance that any companies acquired will be profitable at the time of their acquisition or will achieve sales and profitability that justify the investment therein. Acquisitions may involve a number of special risks, including adverse effects on the Company's reported operating results, diversion of management's attention, dependence on retention and 22 hiring of key personnel, risks associated with unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial performance. In addition, in connection with an acquisition the Company may become responsible for liabilities that it was unaware of at the time of the consummation of such acquisition. The expansion of the Company's operations, whether through acquisitions or internal growth, may place substantial burdens on the Company's management resources and financial controls. There is no assurance that the increasing burdens on the Company's management resources and financial controls will not have an adverse effect on the Company's operations or that the restrictions contained in the New Credit Facility or Supplemented Indenture will not have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to consummate future acquisitions. See "Business--Business Strategy." COMPETITION The environmental services, construction materials engineering and testing and information management technology consulting industries in which the Company operates are subject to intense competition. In addition to the thousands of small environmental consulting and construction testing firms operating in the United States, ATC competes with several national environmental and construction materials engineering and consulting firms including Law Companies Group, Inc., Dames & Moore, Inc. and Professional Service Industries, Inc. In the information management technology consulting market, ATC competes with many small and medium-sized information technology firms as well as large temporary staffing companies, including The Olsten Corporation, Corestaff, Inc. and Accustaff Incorporated among others and large systems consulting firms. Many of ATC's present and future competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources than ATC. It is not possible to predict the extent of competition that ATC will encounter in the near future as the environmental services, construction materials engineering and information management technology consulting services industries continue to mature and consolidate. Historically, competition has been based primarily on the quality, timeliness and costs of services. The ability of ATC to compete successfully will depend upon its marketing efforts, its ability to accurately estimate costs, the quality of work it performs, its ability to hire and train qualified personnel and the availability of insurance. There can be no assurance that ATC will be able to compete successfully. CHANGING TRENDS IN THE INDUSTRY The current growth of the demand for environmental services is being driven by economic and liability management considerations rather than regulation. Although the Company believes that the demand for services in certain segments of the industry will continue and increase over the next several years as companies become more sensitive to the potential adverse consequences of environmental issues and the potential impact of environmental liabilities, there can be no assurance that such growth will continue or increase. Moreover, there can be no assurance that demand for services in niche areas, which is predicted to outpace demand in the industry, will grow or that the Company's products and services will meet the demands of clients in such niche market segments. Failure of the Company to anticipate future growth trends in these market segments, or the industry generally, or client needs could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. POTENTIAL LIABILITY The Company is engaged in a wide range of advisory services. Due to the nature of the Company's services, ATC is exposed to a significant risk of professional liability for errors and omissions, environmental damage, property damage, personal injury and economic loss which may substantially exceed the fees derived from such services. ATC currently maintains a "claims made" professional liability insurance policy, including contractor's pollution liability coverage. The professional liability insurance policy has a two-year term ending on May 23, 1998, which is subject to biennial renewal (subject to the issuer's approval), with a per claim aggregate limit of $10.0 million and a deductible of $250,000 per claim, although increased limits have been obtained on a specific endorsement basis to meet the needs of particular clients or contracts. The Company's policy covers both errors and omissions. A "claims made" policy only insures against claims filed during the 23 period in which the policy is in effect. ATC also carries an occurrence form general liability insurance in the amount of $1.0 million, with a $10.0 million umbrella. The general liability insurance policy has a one-year term, ending on May 23, 1998, which is subject to annual renewal. ATC also may be exposed to status liability under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA") and similar state laws that impose joint and several liability for cleanup costs on persons who conduct operations on or at contaminated facilities. In performing environmental services at contaminated sites, ATC could theoretically be considered an operator under CERCLA or similar state laws. While the Company believes that it does not typically engage in the type of control over facility operations that would result in status liability under such laws, there can be no guarantee that such liability would never be asserted or imposed. Moreover, the types of environmental services performed by ATC are often subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations. Violations of these requirements can result in significant penalties, including fines and other sanctions. See "Business--Legal Proceedings." Although the Company believes that its current level of insurance coverage is adequate to protect it from the type and level of liability exposure that it can reasonably expect to encounter during its ordinary course of business, the coverage would most likely be inadequate if a significant event occurred for which the Company was found to be liable. The possible future unavailability or modification of this insurance or any significant increase in insurance rates could have a material adverse effect on ATC's operations. Further, because customers may require that ATC maintain liability insurance, the possible future unavailability of such insurance could adversely affect ATC's ability to compete effectively. In the event the Company expands its services into new markets, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to obtain insurance coverage for such activities or, if insurance is obtained, that the dollar amount of any liabilities incurred in connection with the performance of such services will not exceed policy limits. Furthermore, certain claims have been asserted against the Company under federal, state and local statutes and regulations, contractual indemnification agreements or otherwise, which are by their nature uninsurable. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be subject to such claims which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business--Insurance" and "Business--Legal Proceedings." RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL The Company's future success depends to a significant extent on the continued services of Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze, each of whom has entered into an employment agreement with the Company, which may be terminated under certain circumstances by either the Company or Mr. Malino or Mr. Vincze. See "Management--Employment Agreements." The loss of the services of either Mr. Malino or Mr. Vincze could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's future success depends to a certain extent upon the continuing contributions of regional and branch managers and other key personnel. Failure of the Company to attract and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS; SEASONALITY The Company's operating results may vary from period to period due to a variety of factors, including the size and timing of the Company's projects and the impact of acquisitions. In addition, ATC typically experiences a slow down in business activities during the winter months and an increase in activities during summer months. This is due to the seasonal fluctuations in construction and remediation activities. As a result, operating results may vary from period to period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Seasonality." FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Certain statements contained in this Prospectus, including without limitation, statements containing the words "believes," "anticipates," "intends," "expects" and words of similar import, constitute "forward-looking statements." Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 24 other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company or industry results to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward- looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: (i) general economic and business conditions, both domestic and foreign; (ii) industry and market capacity; (iii) demographic changes; (iv) existing government regulations and changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; (v) legislative proposals regarding environmental regulation; (vi) liability and other claims asserted against the Company; (vii) competition; (viii) the loss of any significant customers; (ix) changes in operating strategy or development plans; (x) the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; (xi) the significant indebtedness of the Company; (xii) the availability and terms of capital to fund the expansion of the Company's business; and (xiii) other factors referenced in this Prospectus. Certain of these factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Prospectus, including, without limitation, under the captions "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." Given these uncertainties, holders of Private Notes are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward- looking statements. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments. LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET The Exchange Notes are new securities for which there is currently no market. The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or for inclusion of the Exchange Notes in any automated quotation system. As a result, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market that may develop for the Exchange Notes. If a market for the Exchange Notes were to develop, the price of such Exchange Notes may fluctuate and liquidity may be limited. If a market for the Exchange Notes does not develop, the purchasers may be unable to resell such Exchange Notes for an extended period of time, if at all. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Exchange Notes. There can be no assurance that, if a market for the Exchange Notes were to develop, such a market would not be subject to similar disruptions. FAILURE TO EXCHANGE PRIVATE NOTES The Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for Private Notes only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of such Private Notes, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documentation. Therefore, holders of Private Notes desiring to tender such Private Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. Neither the Exchange Agent nor the Company are under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Private Notes for exchange. Private Notes that are not tendered or are tendered but not accepted will, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, continue to be subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer thereof. In addition, any holder of Private Notes who tenders in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer who holds Private Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market making or other trading activities and who receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for such Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. To the extent that Private Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Private Notes could be adversely affected due to the limited amount, or "float," of the Private Notes that are expected to remain outstanding following the Exchange Offer. Generally, a lower "float" of a security could result in less demand to purchase such security and could, therefore, result in lower prices for such security. For the same reason, to the extent that a large amount of Private Notes are not tendered or are tendered and not accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for the Exchange Notes could be adversely affected. See "Plan of Distribution" and "The Exchange Offer." 25 THE COMPANY ATC is a leading national provider of professional consulting, engineering and testing services within the environmental and construction materials industries. Management believes the Company is also a leading provider of integrated environmental information management technology services. The Company provides a broad range of services to a diverse client base of over 8,000 customers, with domestic businesses and non-federal government entities representing over 95.0% of the Company's gross revenues for the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. No single customer represented more than 1.8% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. In addition, the Company's ten largest customers taken together accounted for less than 13.6% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. The Company provides its services through a network of 73 branch offices located in 34 states covering every major market of the United States. The following paragraphs provide a brief description of the acquisitions consummated by the Company since 1993 and includes the purchase price paid by ATC as of November 30, 1997: Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. On November 26, 1997, the Company acquired all of the stock of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. ("Bing Yen"), a provider of geotechnical and structural forensic services for approximately $4.3 million plus a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1.5 million in unsecured contingent achievement promissory notes which will be issued if certain minimum net revenue levels are achieved, resulting in a maximum purchase price of $5.8 million. The Bing Yen acquisition gave the Company capabilities in forensic geotechnical consulting and access to its forensic network. The acquisition will also allow ATC to consolidate its local office with Bing Yen's facilities, resulting in overhead cost savings. In connection with the acquisition of Bing Yen, the Company believes there may be a potential underfunding liability of up to $60,000 with respect to a defined benefit plan of Bing Yen (the "Bing Yen Plan"). The former shareholders of Bing Yen have assumed all cost, expense and liability for correcting any potential underfunding associated with this plan. Environmental Warranty, Inc. On November 4, 1997, the Company purchased 100% of the outstanding preferred stock and 90.9% of the outstanding common stock of Environmental Warranty, Inc. ("EWI"), a property and casualty insurance brokerage firm specializing in environmental insurance with property and casualty licenses, including excess and surplus lines in 43 states and with license applications pending in an additional five states. The EWI acquisition allows ATC to offer the sale and limited underwriting of environmental insurance products. ATC will also be able to take advantage of its distribution channels for referrals to sell EWI's insurance products. The purchase price totaled approximately $1.7 million. BCM Engineers, Inc. On August 20, 1997, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation ("Smith Technology") which operated primarily as BCM Engineers, Inc. ("BCM"). BCM is a leading environmental engineering and consulting firm providing services in water and wastewater treatment, natural resources management, environmental compliance and site investigation, remedial design and engineering and asbestos and air quality management. BCM operated offices in nine states throughout the United States. The purchase price totaled approximately $12.5 million. Earth Technology, Inc. On August 5, 1996, the Company acquired certain assets of Earth Technology, Inc. ("Earth Technology") consisting of Earth Technology's operating assets of its Berkeley, California branch office for a purchase price of approximately $189,000. Earth Technology is a provider of environmental, engineering and construction consulting services. 3D Information Services Inc. On May 28, 1996, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of 3D Information Services Inc. ("3D"), a New Jersey based information services company, providing technical information system consulting services in all phases of information system design, development, maintenance and management in client server and mainframe based environments. Consideration paid for the 3D acquisition included cash and notes payable in the amount of approximately $5.8 million. 26 American Testing and Engineering Corporation. On May 24, 1996, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of American Testing and Engineering Corporation ("ATEC"), a national environmental consulting firm with a large network of branch and regional offices providing environmental consulting and engineering services including site assessments, compliance audits, environmental remediation consulting, geotechnical materials testing, industrial hygiene and analytical services. The ATEC acquisition allowed the Company to expand both its service offerings and geographical base, particularly in the midwestern and southeastern United States. The initial purchase price totaled approximately $41.6 million and was comprised of cash, payment obligations and assumed liabilities. The final purchase price, including earned contingent consideration, was $50.7 million, approximately $4.6 million of which is due under a note to the seller. Such note is secured by a security interest in certain assets of ATC including accounts, accounts receivable and contract rights, deposit accounts, inventory, equipment, documents, instruments, goods (including certificates of title), chattel paper, general intangibles, fixtures and all proceeds of the foregoing (including tort claims and insurance). Applied Geosciences Inc. On February 29, 1996, the Company acquired certain assets and certain liabilities of Applied Geosciences Inc. ("Applied"), a California based consulting company providing services in environmental and hazardous waste site assessments, remediation design, air quality management, asbestos services, litigation support and engineering geology. The purchase price paid for the acquisition was approximately $0.9 million, with a maximum contingent payment up to $190,000 of which $22,324 was paid prior to February 28, 1997 in full satisfaction of this contingent obligation. Hill International. On November 10, 1995, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Hill International, Inc.'s ("Hill") environmental consulting and laboratory operations (collectively, the "Hill Assets"). The Hill Assets provided environmental consulting and engineering services, including asbestos management, industrial hygiene and indoor air quality consulting, environmental auditing and assessment and environmental laboratory services. This acquisition significantly expanded ATC's operations in the New York City area. The purchase price for the acquisition included cash, a note, assumed liabilities and direct expenses totaling approximately $5.3 million. R. E. Blattert and Associates. On January 13, 1995, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of R.E. Blattert and Associates ("R.E. Blattert"), an environmental consulting firm having geologic, environmental management and water resource expertise with offices in Indiana and Iowa. The purchase price paid for the acquisition was approximately $1.2 million, including $0.2 million of contingent consideration. Microbial Environmental Services, Inc. On January 4, 1995, the Company assumed the service performance obligations under certain contracts of Microbial Environmental Services, Inc. ("Microbial") and purchased certain assets of Microbial, which was engaged, principally in Iowa, Nebraska and Wisconsin, in the business of remediation of contaminated soils and water utilizing enhanced naturally occurring biological processes, including services such as assessment of contaminated properties, design of bio- remediation systems, management of bioremediation projects and monitoring of compliance with clean-up standards. The consideration paid for the acquisition was approximately $1.4 million. Con-Test Inc. On October 1, 1994, the Company acquired substantially all of the environmental consulting and laboratory assets and certain liabilities of Con-Test Inc. ("Con-Test"), a Massachusetts-based environmental consulting and field and laboratory testing company with branch offices in Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont, Rhode Island, New York and Pennsylvania, whose primary services included industrial hygiene, environmental and industrial health and safety and lead risk management. In addition, Con-Test maintained an analytical laboratory and had developed a line of environmental facilities management software used by several industrial firms and federal government agencies. The purchase price for the acquisition included cash and stock consideration and assumed liabilities totaling approximately $7.9 million. 27 BSE Management, Inc. On May 30, 1993, the Company acquired certain assets of BSE Management Inc. ("BSE"), a California based environmental consulting holding company and certain of its subsidiaries including Diagnostic Environmental Inc., Hygeia Laboratories, Inc. and The Environmental Institute, Inc. The BSE acquisition doubled the then number of ATC's offices and significantly increased its presence in the western United States. The acquisition also added building system evaluation services to ATC's service offerings. The purchase agreement provided for total consideration equal to $2.7 million, including approximately $1.4 million in contingent consideration which has been paid in full. NO CASH PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Registration Rights Agreement. None of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors will receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes offered hereby and the Company has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive, in exchange, Private Notes representing an equal aggregate principal amount. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Private Notes, except as otherwise described herein under "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange Offer." The Private Notes surrendered in the exchange for Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in the outstanding debt of the Company. 28 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at November 30, 1997, and pro forma as adjusted, to reflect the Acquisitions and the consummation of the Transactions. The following table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. AT NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ---------------------- PRO FORMA ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(1) ------- -------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Cash.................................................... $ 5,840 $ 0 ======= ======== Debt: Existing Credit Facility.............................. $ 7,400 $ -- Term Loan............................................. -- 20,000 Notes................................................. -- 100,000 Revolving Credit Facility(2).......................... -- 1,649 8.18% Senior Secured Notes............................ 32,500 -- Seller Notes(3)....................................... 5,743 4,211 Other debt............................................ 303 303 ------- -------- Total debt.......................................... 45,946 126,163 ------- -------- Stockholders' equity: Common Stock, Actual: par value $.01 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized and 7,930,107 shares issued and outstanding; Pro Forma As Adjusted: par value $0.01 per share, 10,000 shares authorized and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding.................. 79 -- Additional paid-in capital............................ 29,595 29,821 Retained earnings..................................... 19,969 -- ------- -------- Total stockholders' equity(4)....................... 49,643 29,821 ------- -------- Total capitalization................................ $95,589 $155,984 ======= ======== - -------- (1) Assumes purchase of all outstanding shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Tender Offer and the consummation of the Merger and other Transactions. (2) Amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility increased by approximately $0.8 million as a result of early prepayment of certain accrued liabilities in connection with the consummation of the Transactions. (3) As of November 30, 1997, Seller notes include $0.3 million due to Hill, which is overdue and payable upon settlement of disputed issues with Hill, $2.95 million due to Smith Technology of which $1.6 million of offsets have been reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 1997 and additional offsets through the note due date, March 30, 1998, are anticipated, $25,000 due to SAS (a company acquired in May 1995) which is payable in May 1998, $1.5 million due to 3D, $586,000 (net of imputed interest) to EWI and $1.7 million due in connection with the acquisition of Bing Yen. On a pro forma basis, total seller notes will be $4.2 million as the 3D seller note of $1.5 million will be refinanced in the transaction. Seller notes were issued in connection with the acquisition of Bing Yen including (i) $0.4 million interest bearing notes with a three-year amortization schedule, (ii) $0.8 million interest bearing notes with a three-year amortization schedule and (iii) a $0.6 million short- term promissory note payable in January 1998. EWI seller notes include a $0.6 million non-interest bearing note with a three-year amortization schedule and a $0.2 unconditional payment commitment due in three annual installments on each November 4 beginning in 1998. On a pro forma basis assuming the Smith Technology notes are fully offset and excluding the note due Hill, amortization of seller notes will be $0.8 million in fiscal 1999, $0.6 million in fiscal 2000 and $0.6 million in fiscal 2001. (4) Book value of pro forma stockholders' equity reflects a predecessor basis adjustment of $2.7 million. Total equity invested was $32.5 million. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data." 29 THE EXCHANGE OFFER PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER The Private Notes were sold by the Company on the Closing Date to the Initial Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchaser subsequently sold the Private Notes to (i) "qualified institutional buyers" ("QIBs"), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) other investors in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. As a condition to the sale of the Private Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser entered into the Registration Rights Agreement. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed that (i) within 60 days after the Issue Date, they would file the Registration Statement with the Commission with respect to the Exchange Notes and (ii) cause the Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 130 days after the Issue Date (the "Effectiveness Date"). Upon the Registration Statement being declared effective, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will offer to all holders of the Private Notes an opportunity to exchange the Private Notes for a like principal amount of Exchange Notes. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed to use commercially reasonable best efforts (i) to keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holder and (ii) to consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 45th day following the date on which the Registration Statement is declared effective. For each Private Note surrendered for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder of such Private Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Private Note. Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue (A) from the later of (i) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Private Note surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Private Note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no interest has been paid on such Private Note, from the Issue Date. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed to issue and exchange Exchange Notes for all Private Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will accept any and all Private Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will issue Exchange Notes in exchange for an equal aggregate principal amount of outstanding Private Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date. Private Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Private Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Exchange Notes will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (ii) holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to any of the registration rights of holders of Private Notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, which rights will terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same indebtedness as the Private Notes (which they replace) and will be issued under, and be entitled to the benefits of, the Supplemented Indenture, which also authorized the issuance of the Private Notes, such that both series of Notes will be treated as a single class of debt securities under the Supplemented Indenture. As of the date of this Prospectus, $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Private Notes is outstanding. Only a registered holder of the Private Notes (or such holder's legal representative or attorney-in- 30 fact), as reflected on the records of the Trustee under the Supplemented Indenture may participate in the Exchange Offer. Solely for reasons of administration, the close of business on , 1998 has been fixed as the record date for the Exchange Offer for purposes of determining the persons to whom this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal will be mailed initially. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the Private Notes entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer. Holders of the Private Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the DGCL or the Supplemented Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors intend to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement and the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Private Notes when, and if, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of Private Notes for the purposes of receiving the Exchange Notes from the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. Holders who tender Private Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "--Fees and Expenses." EXPIRATION DATE The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time on , 1998. INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue (A) from the later of (i) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Private Note surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Private Note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no interest has been paid on such Private Note, from the Issue Date. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agreed to issue and exchange Exchange Notes for all Private Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn before the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES With respect to the Exchange Notes, based upon interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that a holder who exchanges Private Notes for Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business, who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, and who is not an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act, will be allowed to resell Exchange Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, such holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enumerated in such no-action letters issued to third parties and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Each broker- dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of Exchange 31 Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of any Exchange Notes received in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed to make this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to any such broker-dealer that requests copies of such Prospectus for use in connection with any such resale for a period not to exceed 45 days after the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. See "Plan of Distribution." PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING Only a registered holder of Private Notes may tender such Private Notes in the Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder of Private Notes must complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" for receipt prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i) certificates for such Private Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal, (ii) a timely confirmation of a book- entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Private Notes, if such procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date will constitute an agreement among such holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF PRIVATE NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. DO NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ANY PRIVATE NOTES TO THE COMPANY OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS. Any beneficial owner(s) of the Private Notes whose Private Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wish(es) to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such owner's Private Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Private Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal described below (see "--Withdrawal of Tenders"), as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined herein) unless the Private Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box titled "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be made by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" (within the meaning of Rule 32 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act) that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs identified in the Letter of Transmittal (an "Eligible Institution"). If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Private Notes listed therein, such Private Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder exactly as such registered holder's name appears on such Private Notes. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Private Notes are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may utilize DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender Private Notes. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Private Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Private Notes not properly tendered or any Private Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Private Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Private Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Private Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Private Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. While neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors have a present plan to acquire any Private Notes that are not tendered in the Exchange Offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any Private Notes that are not tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors reserve the right in their sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Private Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Private Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer. By tendering, each holder of Private Notes will represent to the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that, among other things, (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by such holder of Private Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by such holder in the ordinary course of business of such holder, (ii) such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) such holder acknowledges and agrees that any person who is participating in the Exchange Offer for the purposes of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in certain no-action letters, (iv) such holder understands that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above and any resales of Exchange Notes obtained by such holder in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such holder directly from the Company should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) such holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for such holder's own account in exchange for Private Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, such holder will be required to acknowledge in the Letter of Transmittal that such holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so 33 acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, such holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. RETURN OF PRIVATE NOTES If any tendered Private Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if Private Notes are withdrawn, such unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged Private Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Private Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such Private Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Depositary) as promptly as practicable. BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the Private Notes with the Depositary for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the Depositary's systems may make book- entry delivery of Private Notes by causing the Depositary to transfer such Private Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary in accordance with the Depositary's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Private Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Depositary, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES Holders who wish to tender their Private Notes and (i) whose Private Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Private Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if: (a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution; (b) Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder and the certificate number(s) of such Private Notes, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three business days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof), together with the certificate(s) representing the Private Notes in proper form for transfer or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (c) Such properly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered Private Notes in proper form for transfer and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three business days after the Expiration Date. Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Private Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above. WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Private Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. To withdraw a tender of Private Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written notice of withdrawal by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth 34 herein prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Private Notes to be withdrawn, (ii) identify the Private Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers) and the principal amount of the Private Notes to be withdrawn and (iii) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Private Notes exchanged and must be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Private Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees). All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Private Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Private Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Private Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under "The Exchange Offer-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS Other than the Company's obligations with respect to Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and Exchange Notes that may not be resold without restriction under federal and state securities laws (other than solely as a result of such holders status as an affiliate of the Company as defined in the Securities Act), all registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement accorded to holders of the Private Notes (and all rights to receive additional interest on the Notes to the extent and in the circumstances specified therein) will terminate upon consummation of the Exchange Offer except with respect to the Company's duty to keep the Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer, and, for a period of 45 days after the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, to provide copies of the latest version of the Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests copies of such Prospectus in the Letter of Transmittal for use in connection with any resale by such broker- dealer of Exchange Notes received for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Private Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities. EXCHANGE AGENT State Street Bank and Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows: By Mail: By Facsimile Transmission: By Hand/Overnight Delivery: State Street Bank and Trust Company (For Eligible Institutions Only) State Street Bank and Trust Company Goodwin Square (860) 244-1832 Goodwin Square 225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor 225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Confirm by Telephone: Hartford, Connecticut 06103 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (860) 244-1897 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration State Street Bank and Trust Company also serves as Trustee under the Supplemented Indenture. FEES AND EXPENSES The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telegraph, facsimile transmission, telephone or in person by officers and regular employees of the Company and their affiliates. The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. 35 The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder. CONSEQUENCE OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary. Holders of the Private Notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take. Private Notes that are not exchanged for the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3)(iv) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, such Private Notes may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred except (i) to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (ii) in an offshore transaction complying with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if available), (iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (v) to institutional accredited investors in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and, in each case, in accordance with all other applicable securities laws and the transfer restrictions set forth in the Supplemented Indenture. ACCOUNTING TREATMENT For accounting purposes, the Company will recognize no gain or loss as a result of the Exchange Offer. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over the remaining term of the Exchange Notes. 36 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet of ATC has been adjusted to give effect to the Merger, the Offering, the application of proceeds therefrom and the Acquisitions as if such transactions occurred as of November 30, 1997. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations of the Company for the 1997 fiscal year and the nine month interim period ended November 30, 1997 give effect to the Transactions as if such Transactions occurred on March 1, 1996. For information regarding the Merger and the Offering, see "Offering Summary--The Transactions." The accompanying unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial data has been prepared under guidelines established by Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. Under those guidelines, there are limitations on the adjustments that can be made in the presentation of pro forma financial information. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments have been applied to reflect (i) elimination of corporate overhead charges of acquired companies, (ii) reduction of certain administrative staff from acquired companies not expected to be replaced and (iii) other operating efficiencies or cost savings (other than those that are directly attributable to the Acquisitions and contractually supportable). The pro forma adjustments made are based upon currently available information as well as upon certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable. Such pro forma adjustments for the statement of operations shall include amortization of goodwill, depreciation and other adjustments based on the allocated purchase price of net assets acquired. Each of the Acquisitions was accounted for as a purchase with the acquired assets and assumed liabilities recorded at their estimated fair market values. Management believes that actual fair market value adjustments will not differ materially from the preliminary allocation of the purchase price contained in the pro forma adjustments reflected in the pro forma financial information. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the foregoing transactions been consummated as of the indicated dates. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the notes thereto, the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes thereto, "The Company--Acquisitions" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," all of which are presented elsewhere in this Prospectus. 37 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ATC PRO FORMA ACTUAL TRANSACTION PRO FORMA NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ADJUSTMENTS(C) NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ----------------- -------------- ----------------- ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and equivalents...... $ 5,839,819 $ (5,839,819) $ -- Trade accounts receivable net...................... 42,507,431 -- 42,507,431 Cost in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. 9,291,883 -- 9,291,883 Prepaid expenses and other assets................... 2,308,060 -- 2,308,060 Deferred income taxes..... 790,400 -- 790,400 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current assets..... 60,737,593 (5,839,819) 54,897,774 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net....................... 5,633,719 -- 5,633,719 GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization.. 48,340,578 59,406,795 107,747,373 COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE, net of accumulated amortization.............. 622,750 4,112,580 4,735,330 OTHER ASSETS............... 2,210,275 4,100,000 6,238,797 600,000 (671,478) ------------ ------------ ------------ $117,544,915 $ 61,708,078 $179,252,993 ============ ============ ============ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Short-term debt........... $ 2,449,748 $ -- $ 2,449,748 Current maturities of long-term debt........... 1,343,007 (848,633) 494,374 Accounts payable.......... 7,355,315 -- 7,355,315 Income taxes payable...... 887,673 (659,288) 228,385 Accrued compensation...... 5,832,039 -- 5,832,039 Accrued payment obligations--ATEC acquisition.............. 1,748,500 -- 1,748,500 Other accrued expenses.... 3,049,780 (1,399,228) 3,915,301 2,264,749 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current liabilities............. 22,666,062 (642,400) 22,023,662 ------------ ------------ ------------ LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities........ 42,153,196 120,000,000 123,218,976 (40,583,625) 1,649,405 OTHER LIABILITIES.......... 2,364,618 1,106,860 3,471,478 DEFERRED INCOME TAXES...... 717,900 -- 717,900 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total liabilities........ 67,901,776 81,530,240 149,432,016 ------------ ------------ ------------ STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: Common stock at par value. 79,301 (79,301) -- Additional paid-in capital.................. 29,595,099 225,878 29,820,977 Retained earnings (deficit)................ 19,968,739 (19,968,739) ------------ ------------ ------------ Total stockholders' equity.................. 49,643,139 (19,822,162) 29,820,977 ------------ ------------ ------------ $117,544,915 $ 61,708,078 $179,252,993 ============ ============ ============ See notes to unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements. 38 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 ACQUIRED BUSINESSES(A) ---------------------------------------- PRO FORMA ATC BCM RESULTS YEAR ENDED ATEC YEAR ENDED PRO FORMA PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, MARCH 1, 1996- FEBRUARY 28, 3D, EWI & ACQUISITION TRANSACTION FEBRUARY 28, 1997 MAY 24, 1996 1997 BING YEN(B) ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENTS 1997 ------------ -------------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ REVENUES................ $113,855,364 $20,603,767 $ 45,661,968 $7,450,658 $(5,127,368)(d) $ -- $182,444,389 Reimbursable Costs..... 17,953,895 5,572,368 12,823,947 627,696 (2,725,860)(d) -- 34,252,046 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ NET REVENUES............ 95,901,469 15,031,399 32,838,021 6,822,962 (2,401,508) -- 148,192,343 COST OF NET REVENUES.... 53,750,707 7,248,931 15,877,382 3,885,498 (1,546,199)(e) -- 79,216,319 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ Gross profit........... 42,150,762 7,782,468 16,960,639 2,937,464 (855,309) -- 68,976,024 OPERATING EXPENSES: Selling................ 3,118,926 606,026 79,604 211,587 (107,359)(d) -- 3,908,784 General and administrative........ 26,299,172 7,352,001 14,846,418 1,793,777 (4,357,316)(f) 2,104,251 48,038,303 Provision for bad debts................. 1,021,631 86,301 328,292 91,024 (6,012) -- 1,521,236 Impairment of goodwill and intangibles....... -- -- 18,324,000 -- (18,324,000)(l) -- -- ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ 30,439,729 8,044,328 33,578,314 2,096,388 (22,794,687) 2,104,251 53,468,323 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ OPERATING INCOME (LOSS). 11,711,033 (261,860) (16,617,675) 841,076 21,939,378 (2,104,251) 15,507,701 NONOPERATING EXPENSE (INCOME): Interest expense....... 1,569,043 355,426 1,778,333 -- (1,156,230)(g) 12,794,152 15,340,724 Interest income........ (230,610) -- -- (29,768) -- -- (260,378) Other, net............. (25,134) (22,024) 800,000 1,523 (278,769)(h) -- 475,596 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ 1,313,299 333,402 2,578,333 (28,245) (1,434,999) 12,794,152 15,555,942 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES........... 10,397,734 (595,262) (19,196,008) 869,321 23,374,377 (14,898,403) (48,241) INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT).............. 4,090,000 -- -- 16,525 1,759,587(i) (5,884,869) (18,757) ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST...... 6,307,734 (595,262) (19,196,008) 852,796 22,005,540 (9,013,534) (29,484) MINORITY INTEREST....... -- 449 -- -- -- -- 449 ------------ ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ NET INCOME.............. $ 6,307,734 $ (595,711) $(19,196,008) $ 852,796 $21,614,790 $(9,013,534) $ (29,933) ============ =========== ============ ========== =========== =========== ============ See notes to unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements. 39 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ACQUIRED BUSINESSES(A) ------------------------- NINE MONTHS PRO FORMA ATC SIX MONTHS ENDED RESULTS NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 20, 1997(A) PRO FORMA PRO FORMA ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997(A) EWI & ACQUISITION TRANSACTION NOVEMBER 30, 1997 BCM BING YEN(B) ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENT 1997 ------------ ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ ------------ REVENUES................ $104,263,345 $15,771,885 $3,420,366 $ -- $ -- $123,455,596 Reimbursable costs..... 15,874,338 4,352,935 265,998 -- -- 20,493,271 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ NET REVENUES............ 88,389,007 11,418,950 3,154,368 -- -- 102,962,325 COST OF NET REVENUES.... 47,940,544 5,443,804 1,350,822 (60,517)(e) -- 54,674,653 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ Gross profit........... 40,448,463 5,975,146 1,803,546 (60,517) -- 48,287,672 OPERATING EXPENSES: Selling................ 3,226,393 17,713 169,623 -- -- 3,413,729 General and administrative........ 28,077,190 6,879,052 1,019,002 (324,467)(f) 1,565,475 (j) 37,216,252 Provision for bad debts................. 1,160,529 409,273 -- -- -- 1,569,802 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ 32,464,112 7,306,038 1,188,625 (324,467) 1,565,475 42,199,783 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ OPERATING INCOME (LOSS). 7,984,351 (1,330,892) 614,921 384,984 (1,565,475) 6,087,889 NONOPERATING EXPENSE (INCOME): Interest expense....... 2,163,548 1,067,000 -- (768,210)(g) 8,694,032 (k) 11,156,371 Interest income........ (164,864) -- (8,086) -- -- (172,950) Other, net............. (44,398) -- (4,185) -- -- (48,583) ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ 1,954,286 1,067,000 (12,271) (768,210) 8,694,032 10,934,838 ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOMETAXES............ 6,030,065 (2,397,892) 627,192 1,153,194 (10,259,507) (4,846,949) INCOME TAX EXPENSE...... 2,426,000 -- 13,240 (252,310)(i) (4,052,505)(i) (1,865,575) ------------ ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------ ------------ NET INCOME.............. $ 3,604,065 $(2,397,892) $ 613,952 $1,405,504 $ (6,207,002) $ (2,981,374) ============ =========== ========== ========== ============ ============ See notes to unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements. 40 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (a) The following summarizes the companies acquired since March 1, 1996 and the related acquisition dates that are reflected in the pro forma financial statements: American Testing and Engineering Corp. ("ATEC").......... May 24, 1996 3D Information Services, Inc. ("3D")..................... May 28, 1996 BCM Engineers, Inc. ("BCM").............................. August 20, 1997 Environmental Warranty, Inc. ("EWI")..................... November 4, 1997 Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. ("Bing Yen")................. November 26, 1997 The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet sets forth the combination of the financial positions of ATC and Acquisition Corp. as if the Merger, the Tender Offer and the Offering had occurred on November 30, 1997. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the nine months ended November 30, 1997 reflects the merger of ATC and Acquisition Corp. and the acquisition of BCM, EWI and Bing Yen as if each had occurred on March 1, 1997. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended February 28, 1997 reflects the merger of ATC and Acquisition Corp. and the acquisitions of the companies listed above as if each had occurred at March 1, 1996. For the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations, the financial statements of the acquired businesses were adjusted to conform with ATC's fiscal year end, except for Bing Yen for which December 31 was used for the year ended February 28, 1997. (b) The acquisitions of EWI and Bing Yen were accounted for as purchases, applying the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair market values with the cost in excess of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. The pro forma acquisition adjustments reflect such purchase accounting adjustments. (c) Reflects the adjustments for the Merger, Tender Offer, the Offering and debt payment (collectively, the "Transactions"). 1. The pro forma balance sheet reflects the following approximate sources and uses of funds for the Transactions: Source of funds: Notes..................................................... $100,000,000 Term loan................................................. 20,000,000 Equity Investment from Holdings........................... 32,500,000 Revolving Credit Facility................................. 1,649,405 ------------ Total sources......................................... 154,149,405 ------------ Use of funds: Purchase common stock..................................... 104,057,738 Repay existing debt:...................................... Principal............................................... 41,432,258 Accrued interest........................................ 1,399,228 Prepayment penalty...................................... 3,900,000 Shareholder agreement payment............................. 3,100,000 Financing costs........................................... 4,100,000 Other expenses............................................ 2,000,000 ------------ Total uses............................................ 159,989,224 ------------ Existing Cash to be Used.............................. $ (5,839,819) ============ 41 2. The pro forma balance sheet reflects the following purchase accounting adjustments for the Transactions: Purchase price: Purchase of common stock and stock options................. $104,057,738 Required payments under shareholder agreement.............. 6,420,580 Direct expenses............................................ 5,900,000 ------------ Total.................................................. 116,378,318 ------------ Allocation of purchase price: Net assets acquired........................................ 49,643,139 Fair value of adjustments: Other assets............................................. (671,478) Non-compete agreement.................................... 4,112,580 Consulting agreement..................................... 600,000 Other liabilities........................................ (51,029) Tax benefit of shareholder agreement payment............... 659,288 ------------ 54,292,500 ------------ Excess purchase price........................................ 62,085,818 Predecessor basis adjustment................................. (2,679,023) ------------ Goodwill..................................................... $ 59,406,795 ============ 3. The pro forma balance sheet reflects the remaining liability under certain shareholder agreements as other accrued expenses and other long- term liabilities. (d) Reflects adjustments to eliminate a subsidiary of ATEC not purchased and branches discontinued by ATEC (revenues of $4,979,407, reimbursable costs of $2,725,860 and selling expenses of $100,405) and results of operations of 3D subsequent to May 28, 1996. (e) Reflects adjustments to eliminate a subsidiary of ATEC not purchased and branches discontinued by ATEC ($1,052,477 for the 12 months), the results of operations of 3D subsequent to May 20, 1996, and a reduction of depreciation expense ($383,066 and $85,695 for the 12 and nine months, respectively) related to the acquisition of BCM. (f) Reflects adjustments to eliminate a subsidiary of ATEC not purchased and branches discontinued by ATEC ($1,070,827 for the 12 months), the operations of 3D subsequent to May 28, 1996 ($11,835) and the following purchase accounting adjustments for the 12 and nine months, respectively: (i) goodwill amortized over 30 years ($363,618 and $112,171); (ii) non- compete agreements amortized over two to ten years ($119,190 and $42,222); (iii) net property depreciation decrease ($870,055 and $70,019); (iv) elimination of expenses for facility, employee and legal obligations not assumed by ATC ($2,770,837 and $832,327); (v) expense increase for revised employment agreements ($389,400 and $479,550) which does not include possible future bonuses ranging from zero to $500,000 per year (such amount to be determined by the achievement of future EBITDA targets, which targets are not determinable on a pro forma basis); (vi) elimination of historical corporate goodwill amortization ($586,161 and $56,064); and (vii) other ($80,191 and $0). (g) Reflects an adjustment to eliminate a subsidiary of ATEC not purchased and branches discontinued by ATEC ($90,030 for the 12 months) and for interest expense on debt required to finance the Acquisitions ($967,711 and $298,790 for the 12 and nine months, respectively) less interest expense on debt not assumed ($2,033,911 and $1,077,000 for the 12 and nine months, respectively). (h) Reflects adjustment to remove charges by BCM's former parent for litigation costs and legal issues not assumed by ATC. (i) Represents the income tax impact on purchase accounting adjustments and other pro forma adjustments. 42 (j) Reflects the following purchase accounting adjustments for the 12 and nine month period, respectively: (i) goodwill amortized over 30 years ($1,980,227 and $1,485,170); (ii) non-compete and consulting agreements amortized over three to four years ($1,410,503 and $1,057,877); and (iii) expense reduction for revised employment agreements ($1,286,479 and $977,572). (k) Increased interest expense related to the issuance of the Notes at an interest rate of 12.0%, the Term Loan at an assumed interest rate of 7.88%, the Revolving Credit Agreement at an assumed interest rate of 7.88% and the amortization of other financing costs. (l) Reflects an adjustment to eliminate the write-off of goodwill by BCM during the 1997 fiscal year. 43 SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA The following table sets forth historical financial data of the Company as of and for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended February 28, 1997 and as of and for the nine month periods ended November 30, 1996 and November 30, 1997. The selected historical financial data as of the end of and for the fiscal years 1993 through 1997 were derived from audited financial statements of the Company. The selected historical financial data as of the end of and for the nine months ended November 30, 1996 and November 30, 1997 were derived from the unaudited historical financial statements of the Company for such periods, which, in the opinion of management of the Company, reflect normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data" and the Company's audited financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. NINE MONTHSENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28(29), NOVEMBER 30, -------------------------------------------- ----------------- 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) OPERATING DATA: Revenues................ $16,539 $26,664 $36,272 $44,965 $113,855 $83,417 $104,263 Reimbursable costs.... 1,169 2,284 3,002 4,851 17,954 13,355 15,874 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- Net revenues............ 15,370 24,380 33,270 40,114 95,901 70,062 88,389 Cost of net revenues.... 8,720 12,085 15,354 19,664 53,751 38,963 47,941 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- Gross profit............ 6,650 12,294 17,916 20,450 42,151 31,100 40,448 Operating expenses: Selling............... 686 785 1,106 1,513 3,119 2,181 3,226 General and administrative....... 5,151 8,140 10,997 12,851 26,299 18,780 28,077 Provision for bad debts................ 85 143 189 290 1,022 625 1,161 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- 5,922 9,068 12,291 14,654 30,440 21,585 32,464 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- Operating income........ 728 3,227 5,625 5,795 11,711 9,514 7,984 Nonoperating expense (income): Interest expense...... 115 185 286 377 1,569 1,080 2,164 Interest income....... (50) (45) (34) (272) (231) (221) (165) Other................. 9 9 73 20 (25) (36) (44) ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- Income before income taxes.................. 653 3,077 5,301 5,671 10,398 8,691 6,030 Income tax expense...... 300 1,210 2,044 1,805 4,090 3,365 2,426 ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- Net income.............. $ 353 $ 1,867 $ 3,257 $ 3,866 $ 6,308 $ 5,326 $ 3,604 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= ======== OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL DATA: EBITDA................ $ 1,354 $ 3,913 $ 6,544 $ 7,010 $ 13,810 $11,044 $ 10,265 Depreciation and Amortization......... 627 686 920 1,214 2,099 1,530 2,280 Capital expenditures.. 567 731 756 946 1,286 1,123 1,503 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges........ 3.1x 7.2x 9.0x 7.3x 4.8x 5.6x 2.8x SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA: Working capital....... $ 3,343 $ 6,049 $ 8,114 $24,977 $ 27,702 $19,614 $ 38,072 Total assets.......... 9,335 14,157 25,009 46,685 86,294 88,528 117,545 Short-term and long- term debt............ 1,637 2,841 4,822 1,839 24,410 23,877 45,946 Stockholders' equity.. 5,813 7,659 13,813 39,192 45,439 44,480 49,643 - ------- Note: Numbers may not add due to rounding. 44 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Historical Financial Data" and the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. OVERVIEW General. ATC is a leading national provider of professional consulting, engineering and testing services within the environmental and construction materials industries. Management believes the Company is also a leading provider of integrated environmental information management technology services. The Company provides a broad range of services to a diverse client base of over 8,000 customers, with domestic businesses and non-federal government entities representing over 95.0% of the Company's gross revenues for the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. No single customer represented more than 1.8% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. In addition, the Company's ten largest customers taken together accounted for less than 13.6% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. The Company provides its services through a network of 73 branch offices located in 34 states covering every major market of the United States. In 1993, the Company initiated a strategy of controlled growth through acquisitions to build a national infrastructure and to broaden its range of technical services. The Company has created a national infrastructure through the completion of 12 acquisitions since May 1993. ATC has thereby also expanded its service mix by adding construction materials testing and engineering, lead risk management, indoor air quality management, water and wastewater management and information management technology services. As a result of this growth and diversification strategy, net revenues and EBITDA increased to fiscal 1997 levels of $95.9 million and $13.8 million, respectively, from $15.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 1993. The Company's rapid growth is primarily attributable to the acquisition of assets of ATEC in May 1996 and the acquisition of assets of BCM in August 1997. Management believes that at the time of the respective acquisitions, each of the acquired companies was an underdeveloped operating asset with strong client relationships in their respective markets. ATEC, with its large network of regional and branch offices, positioned the Company as a national provider of professional environmental consulting, testing and engineering services. As a result of the BCM acquisition, ATC has become a high-quality provider of consulting, engineering and design services in water supply and treatment, wastewater systems, air quality management, traditional environmental site investigations, site assessments and storage tank management services. Subsequent to each acquisition that it has made, the Company has implemented cost reduction measures, including integration of offices, introduction of flexible staffing programs and reduction of duplicative corporate overhead costs. The Company has experienced substantial increases in net revenues and net income over the past three fiscal years. ATC's net revenues were $33.3 million, $40.1 million, and $95.9 million, respectively, in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, representing a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 69.8% over this period, principally attributable to acquisitions which were accounted for on a purchase basis. ATC's net income was $3.3 million, $3.9 million, and $6.3 million, respectively, in such fiscal years, representing a CAGR of 39.2% over such periods. Furthermore, ATC's EBITDA was $6.5 million, $7.0 million and $13.8 million, respectively, in such fiscal years, representing a CAGR of 45.3% over such periods. Operating margins were negatively impacted from the quarter ended August, 1996 through the quarter ended May, 1997 principally as a result of (i) incorporation of ATEC offices into ATC, (ii) investment in national client programs, (iii) cross-training of personnel and (iv) investment in management information systems, including hardware, software and regional accounting systems. Management believes that cost savings from typical acquisitions, other than ATEC which was disproportionate to the size of the Company at the acquisition date, are substantially realized at closing and fully realized within 60 days of closing. Recent investments in the new 45 information technology systems will be completed in the near term and are expected to result in operating efficiencies. In addition, the salaries and other expenses of George and Morry Rubin were eliminated in connection with the Transactions. However, the Company entered into employment agreements with each of Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze following the consummation of the Transactions. See "Management--Employment Agreements." The Company believes that, for the next few years, growth in demand from private sector clients and in certain service areas will exceed the average growth rate of the overall industry. These service areas include, according to independent market assessments, indoor air quality consulting services, water and wastewater management, risk assessment, Brownfield development and environmental information management technology services. In addition, new market sectors are constantly developing, which could provide new business opportunities. The Company has established national technical and sales programs to target customers with need of services in certain market sectors such as real estate, lead risk management, hazardous waste management/Brownfield development, PCS/wireless communications, petroleum and international markets. Recent Developments. The Company has acquired twelve businesses since 1993, the three most recent of which have been acquired since August 1997: (i) the Company purchased all of the stock of Bing Yen on November 26, 1997, a provider of geotechnical and structural forensic services to a wide variety of clients in the western United States; (ii) the Company purchased substantially all of the stock of EWI on November 4, 1997, a property and casualty insurance brokerage firm specializing in environmental insurance with property and casualty licenses, including excess surplus lines in 43 states and with license applications pending in an additional five states, which sells insurance products covering environmental liabilities to large property owners and municipal government clients; and (iii) the Company purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities on August 20, 1997 of the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation which operated primarily as BCM and provided engineering and consulting services in water and wastewater treatment, natural resource management, environmental compliance and site investigation, remedial design and engineering and asbestos and air quality management. Revenues. The Company derives its revenues primarily from specialized environmental engineering and consulting services, including industrial hygiene services and construction materials testing and engineering, and to a lesser extent from environmental information management technology services. The Company sets the pricing of the different components of its services and products in accordance with its national and regional marketing strategies, taking competitive factors into account. Reimbursable Costs. Reimbursable costs associated with the Company's environmental engineering and consulting services consist primarily of costs associated with outside drilling, laboratory services, materials handling and transportation, excavation and certain specialized technical services. Generally, the costs associated with a particular project can be billed directly to environmental engineering and consulting services clients. Services that have a large component of subcontracted services have a larger portion of reimbursable costs as a percentage of revenues. Cost of Net Revenues. Cost of Net Revenues consists of professional field staff costs, depreciation of field and laboratory equipment, contract maintenance costs, and other project related costs. The Company's field labor is generally fixed in the short-term, except for certain variable costs relating to the Company's flexible staffing program. Typically, the Company does not own large capital intensive equipment. Operating Expenses. Operating expenses include selling expenses, general and administrative expenses and provision for bad debts as described below: Selling Expenses. Selling expenses consist of costs associated primarily with (i) compensation and benefits for its sales and marketing professionals throughout the Company's network of branch offices and (ii) advertising and promotional efforts. 46 General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of: (i) employee compensation and benefit expenses, (ii) travel and other administrative costs and (iii) general corporate overhead, including rent for the Company's facilities, insurance, legal and accounting and amortization of intangible assets. Provision For Bad Debts. The Company maintains an allowance for bad debts based on its past bad debt experience. It has been the Company's experience that such allowance has been sufficient to cover the costs actually incurred for bad debts. Nonoperating Expense. Nonoperating expense consists of interest expense, interest income and other similar expenses or income. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table sets forth, net for the periods indicated, certain statements of operations data of the Company expressed as a percentage of net revenues. NINE MONTHS FISCAL YEAR ENDED ENDED FEBRUARY 28 (29), NOVEMBER 30, ------------------- -------------- 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Revenues................................ 109.0% 112.1% 118.7% 119.1% 118.0% Reimbursable costs.................... 9.0 12.1 18.7 19.1 18.0 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Net revenues............................ 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Cost of net revenues.................... 46.1 49.0 56.0 55.6 54.2 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Gross profit.......................... 53.9 51.0 44.0 44.4 45.8 Operating expense: Selling............................... 3.3 3.8 3.3 3.1 3.7 General and administration............ 33.1 32.0 27.4 26.8 31.8 Provision for bad debts............... 0.6 0.7 1.1 0.9 1.3 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Operating income........................ 16.9 14.4 12.2 13.6 9.0 Nonoperating expense (income): Interest expense...................... 0.9 0.9 1.6 1.5 2.4 Interest income....................... (0.1) (0.7) (0.2) (0.3) (0.2) Other................................. 0.2 -- -- (0.1) (0.1) ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Income loss before income taxes..... 15.9 14.1 10.8 12.4 6.8 Income tax expense...................... 6.1 4.5 4.3 4.8 2.7 ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ Net income.............................. 9.8% 9.6% 6.6% 7.6% 4.1% ===== ===== ===== ====== ====== - -------- Note: Numbers may not add due to rounding. NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996 Revenues. Revenues in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 increased by approximately $20.9 million, or 25.0%, to $104.3 million, compared with $83.4 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. This increase was primarily attributable to revenues associated with the BCM acquisition, which was effective August 20, 1997, and to a lesser degree, revenues from the ATEC and 3D acquisitions, which were completed in May 1996. Revenues attributable to the acquisition of certain assets of BCM totaled $6.1 million, or 5.8% of revenues, for the nine months ended November 30, 1997. Revenues associated with the ATEC and 3D acquisitions totaled $54.2 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for the nine months ended November 30, 1997, compared to $40.7 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in the prior period. 47 Revenues in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 from ATC's branch offices having comparable operations in the nine months ended November 30, 1996 decreased 2.9% to $77.8 million, compared with $80.2 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Comparable revenues included revenues of ATEC and 3D for the six months ended November 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively, but excluded first quarter revenues as these acquisitions were made in the quarter ended May 31, 1996. Comparable revenues decreased in part, due to a large project representing $2.0 million in revenue for the prior fiscal period during which time the project was completed. Reimbursable Costs. For the nine months ended November 30, 1997, reimbursable costs increased by approximately $2.5 million, or 18.9%, to $15.9 million compared with $13.4 million, in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Reimbursable costs as a percentage of revenues decreased to 15.2% in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 compared with 16.0% in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Reimbursable costs decreased in part due to lower amounts of such costs related to the acquired BCM operations. Cost of Net Revenues. Cost of net revenues in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 increased by approximately $9.0 million, or 23.0%, to $47.9 million compared with $39.0 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Cost of net revenues as a percentage of net revenue decreased to 54.2% in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 compared with 55.6% in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. In the prior year, the Company benefited from higher than normal productivity in the first quarter of fiscal 1997. Higher productivity in the first quarter of fiscal 1997 is attributable to increased workloads in that quarter, resulting from work which was delayed in the last quarter of fiscal 1996 and carried over into the first quarter of fiscal 1997 due to adverse weather conditions primarily in the northeast, which at that time constituted over 60.0% of ATC's revenue stream. During the third quarter of fiscal 1997, the second complete quarter that the Company owned ATEC and 3D, cost of net revenues as a percentage of net revenues increased to 58.5%, reflecting the impact of ATEC's service mix and initial labor utilization and final project costs incurred to complete a fixed price contract which could not be billed to the client. In addition, the Company has reduced cost of net revenues as a percentage of net revenues due to improved labor utilization. Gross Profit. For the reasons set forth above, gross profit in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 increased by approximately $9.3 million, or 30.1%, to $40.4 million compared with $31.1 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Operating Expenses. Operating expenses in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 increased by approximately $10.9 million, or 50.4%, to $32.5 million, compared with $21.6 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Operating expenses increased as a percentage of net revenues to 36.7% in the nine months ended November 30, 1997, compared with 30.8% in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue for the nine month period ended November 30, 1997 fully reflects the ATEC service mix and integration of its operations, including additional labor and administrative costs. The increase was due primarily to structural adjustments in ATC's operating infrastructure to accommodate the integration of ATEC's operations. The structural adjustments consisted primarily of the creation of a regional management infrastructure to manage the larger, more geographically and technically diverse business resulting from the ATEC acquisition. Such structural investments required the Company to add higher level operations management employees, including regional management and financial personnel and sales personnel for its corporate sales programs. In addition, executive and employee compensation levels increased during the latter part of fiscal 1997 and certain additional bonuses to branch personnel were paid during the quarterly period ended November 30, 1997 in excess of amounts previously accrued. Employee costs increased 64.9% to $14.6 million, or 16.5% of net revenues, in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 compared with $8.8 million, or 12.6% of net revenues, 48 in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. These increases in total cost are due to employees hired in connection with the expansion of ATC's operations. Other increases in operating expenses resulted from legal expenses and administrative expenses resulting from the growth in operations and increased employee levels. Additionally, in the nine months ended November 30, 1997, amortization of goodwill and intangibles increased to $1.4 million, compared with $0.9 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996 reflecting the additional goodwill amortization resulting from acquisitions. Operating Income. For the reasons set forth above, operating income in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 decreased by approximately $1.5 million, or 16.1%, to $8.0 million, compared with $9.5 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Operating income decreased as a percentage of net revenues to 9.0% in the nine months ended November 30, 1997, compared with 13.6% in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Nonoperating Expense. Nonoperating expense in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 increased by approximately $1.1 million to $2.0 million, compared with $0.8 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. The increase in nonoperating expense is primarily attributable to increased interest expense due to increased bank debt outstanding since May 1996 when the ATEC and 3D acquisitions were completed and as a result of the issuance of 8.18% Senior Secured Notes due May 31, 2004 (the "8.18% Senior Secured Notes") in May 1997 (such notes were prepaid in connection with the consummation of the Transactions). Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 was $2.4 million, compared with $3.4 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. During the nine months ended November 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company's effective tax rates were 40.2% and 38.7%, respectively. Net Income. As a result of the foregoing, net income in the nine months ended November 30, 1997 decreased by approximately $1.7 million, or 32.3%, to $3.6 million, compared with $5.3 million in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. Net income decreased as a percentage of net revenues to 4.1% in the nine months ended November 30, 1997, compared with 7.6% in the nine months ended November 30, 1996. FISCAL 1997 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1996 Revenues. Revenues in fiscal 1997 increased by approximately $69.0 million, or 153.2%, to $113.9 million compared with $45.0 million in fiscal 1996. This increase was primarily attributable to $57.7 million and $7.2 million, of revenues, associated with the acquisitions of ATEC and 3D, respectively in May 1996 and reflects a full year's revenue contribution from the acquisition of the Hill Assets ($3.4 million) and Applied ($2.6 million) which were completed in November 1995 and February 1996, respectively. Revenues attributable to the acquisitions of certain assets of the ATEC, 3D, Hill Assets and Applied totaled $70.9 million, or 62.3% of revenues, for fiscal 1997. Revenues in fiscal 1997, from ATC's branch offices having comparable operations in fiscal 1996, increased 3.6% to $42.9 million, compared with $41.4 million in fiscal 1996. Reimbursable Costs. For fiscal 1997, reimbursable costs increased by approximately $13.1 million, or 270.1%, to $18.0 million, compared with $4.9 million in fiscal 1996. Reimbursable costs as a percentage of revenues increased to 15.8% in fiscal 1997 compared with 10.8% in fiscal 1996. ATEC's environmental and traditional consulting services, consisting of drilling, laboratory services, materials testing and subcontracting services, utilize higher amounts of outside services and direct project expenses compared to those consulting services being provided prior to the ATEC acquisition. Higher amounts of outside services and direct project expenses result in a higher percentage of reimbursable costs. For the year ended December 31, 1995, ATEC's reimbursable costs were approximately 21.0% of revenues. Cost of Net Revenues. Cost of net revenues in fiscal 1997 increased by approximately $34.1 million, or 173.3%, to $53.8 million, compared with $19.7 million in fiscal 1996. Cost of net revenues as a percentage of net revenues increased to 56.0% in fiscal 1997 compared with 49.0% in fiscal 1996. The increase is due to lower 49 margins earned on certain of ATEC's geotechnical engineering services. In addition, cost of net revenues increased because approximately $0.3 million of final project costs incurred to complete a large fixed-price contract could not be billed to a client. Cost of net revenues were also negatively impacted because in certain price competitive regions where the Company experienced lower net revenues, costs could not be reduced proportionately. Gross Profit. For the reasons set forth above gross profit in fiscal 1997 increased by approximately $21.7 million, or 106.1%, to $42.2 million, compared with $20.4 million in fiscal 1996. Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 44.0% in fiscal 1997, compared with 51.0% in fiscal 1996. Operating Expenses. Operating expenses in fiscal 1997 increased by approximately $15.8 million, or 107.7%, to $30.4 million, compared with $14.7 million in fiscal 1996. Operating expenses decreased as a percentage of net revenues to 31.7% in fiscal 1997, compared with 36.5% in fiscal 1996. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues is the result of the additional net revenues from the ATEC and other acquisitions without corresponding increases in general and administrative costs. Employee costs increased 66.8% to $12.4 million, or 12.9% of net revenues in fiscal 1997, compared with $7.4 million, or 18.5% of net revenues, in fiscal 1996. These increases in total cost were due to employees hired in connection with the expansion of ATC's operations. Other increases in operating expenses resulted from higher facility costs and administrative expenses resulting from the growth in operations and increased employee levels. Additionally, in fiscal 1997, amortization of goodwill and intangibles increased to $1.2 million, compared with $0.4 million in fiscal 1996, reflecting the additional goodwill amortization resulting from acquisitions. Operating Income. For the reasons set forth above, operating income in fiscal 1997 increased by approximately $5.9 million, or 102.1%, to $11.7 million, compared with $5.8 million in fiscal 1996. Operating income decreased as a percentage of net revenues to 12.2% in fiscal 1997, compared with 14.4% in the fiscal 1996. Nonoperating Expense. Nonoperating expense in fiscal 1997, increased to $1.3 million compared with $0.1 million in fiscal 1996. The increase in nonoperating expense is primarily attributable to increased interest expense on bank debt outstanding since May 1996, when the ATEC and 3D acquisitions were completed, and to a lesser extent from lower interest income. Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense in fiscal 1997 was $4.1 million, compared with $1.8 million in fiscal 1996. The income tax expense for fiscal 1996 reflects a one-time benefit of $0.4 million resulting from the merger of Aurora Environmental Inc. ("Aurora") into ATC (the "Aurora Merger") which allowed ATC to utilize Aurora's net operating loss carryforward as offsets to future taxable income. During fiscal 1997 and 1996, after adjusting for the one-time tax benefit, the Company's effective tax rates were 39.3% and 38.0%, respectively. Net Income. As a result of the foregoing, net income for fiscal 1997, increased by approximately $2.4 million, or 63.2%, to $6.3 million compared with $3.9 million in fiscal 1996. Excluding the impact of the one-time tax benefit of $0.4 million, net income would have been $3.5 million. FISCAL 1996 COMPARED WITH FISCAL 1995 Revenues. Revenues in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $8.7 million, or 24.0%, to $45.0 million compared with $36.3 million in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily attributable to the positive effect of the acquisitions of Con Test ($6.0 million), Microbial ($1.4 million) and R.E. Blattert ($2.2 million) completed during the second half of fiscal 1995 and from the acquisition of the Hill Businesses ($2.4 million) in November 1995. Revenues attributable to operations resulting from these acquisitions totaled $12.0 million, or 26.8% of revenues, for fiscal 1996. During fiscal 1996, increased revenues from certain existing operations were offset by lower revenues from a significant customer due to delays in funding for certain projects and the completion of certain work for another significant customer. In addition, revenues of ATC's largest offices located in the Mid- 50 Atlantic and New England regions were negatively impacted for the three months ended February 29, 1996, due to severe winter weather conditions. Revenues in these regions, excluding revenues of the acquired Hill Businesses, declined $1.8 million or 27.5% in the fourth quarter ended February 29, 1996 compared to the third quarter period ended November 30, 1995. In fiscal 1995, where normal seasonal changes were experienced, the decrease for the comparable period was less than 3.0%. The Hill Businesses were acquired just prior to the fourth quarter and were also adversely affected by these weather conditions. Revenues in fiscal 1996 from ATC's branch offices having comparable operations in fiscal 1995, increased 2.6% to $32.9 million, compared with $32.1 million in fiscal 1995. If revenues from certain large projects for two significant customers (discussed below) are eliminated in each period, ATC's revenues from existing branch offices having comparable operations would have increased 16.2% to $29.1 million in fiscal 1996, compared with $25.0 million in fiscal 1995. Revenues in fiscal 1996 earned directly from the New York City School Construction Authority ("NYCSCA") decreased 30.2% to $2.7 million, compared with $3.9 million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of revenues, revenues from the NYCSCA decreased to 6.0% in fiscal 1996, compared with 10.6% in fiscal 1995. During the first quarter 1996, delays in the approval of the NYCSCA's program budget and funding requests for the New York City school construction and maintenance program resulted in diminished service levels in asbestos management consulting and testing services and, consequently, lower revenues to ATC under this program. ATC's revenues under this program are not predictable and depend upon many factors such as the scope of work necessary at particular sites, budgeting constraints and the timing of projects. Revenues in fiscal 1996 from the Army Corps of Engineers (the "Corps") decreased 63.6% to $1.2 million, compared with $3.2 million in fiscal 1995. As a percentage of revenues, revenues from the Corps decreased to 2.6% in fiscal 1996, compared with 8.9% in fiscal 1995. The Company's revenues from the Corps during this period related to certain asbestos management services and decreased due to the completion of the larger phases of the project during fiscal 1995. Reimbursable Costs. For fiscal 1996, reimbursable costs increased by approximately $1.8 million, or 61.6%, to $4.9 million, compared with $3.0 million, in fiscal 1995. Reimbursable costs as a percentage of revenues increased to 10.8% in fiscal 1996, compared with 8.3% in fiscal 1995. The increase in reimbursable costs and reimbursable costs as a percentage of net revenues is due to higher subcontract and drilling costs related to the Company's geological and remediation services. These services increased as a result of the acquisitions of R.E. Blattert and Microbial. Cost of Net Revenues. Cost of net revenues in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $4.3 million, or 28.1%, to $19.7 million, compared with $15.4 million in fiscal 1995. Cost of net revenues as a percentage of net revenues increased to 49.0% in fiscal 1996, compared with 46.1% in fiscal 1995. This increase was due to lower revenues related to severe weather conditions experienced during the three months ended February 29, 1996. Cost of net revenues for the nine months ended November 30, 1995 was 46.7%. For the fourth quarter ended February 29, 1996, cost of net revenues was $5.5 million on net revenues of $9.8 million or 56.2%. Gross Profit. For the reasons set forth above, gross profit in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $2.5 million, or 14.1%, to $20.4 million, compared with $17.9 million in fiscal 1995. Gross profits as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 51.0% in fiscal 1996, compared with 53.9% in fiscal 1995. Operating Expenses. Operating expenses in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $2.4 million, or 19.2%, to $14.7 million, compared with $12.3 million in fiscal 1995. Operating expenses decreased as a percentage of net revenues to 36.5% in fiscal 1996, compared with 36.9% in fiscal 1995. The decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues is the result of ATC's ability to service greater revenue levels without corresponding increases in general and administrative costs. Employee costs increased 18.0% to $7.4 million, or 18.5% of net revenues, in fiscal 1996, compared with $6.3 million, or 18.9% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995. These increases in employee costs were due to employees hired in connection with the expansion of ATC's 51 operations. Other increases in operating expenses resulted from higher facility costs, travel and administrative expenses resulting from the growth in operations and increased employee levels. Additionally, in fiscal 1996, amortization of goodwill and intangibles increased to $0.4 million, compared with $0.2 million in fiscal 1995, reflecting the additional goodwill amortization resulting from acquisitions. Operating Income. For the reasons set forth above, operating income in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $0.2 million, or 3.0%, to $5.8 million, compared with $5.6 million in fiscal 1995. Operating income as a percentage of net revenues was 14.4% in fiscal 1996 and 16.9% in fiscal 1995. Nonoperating Expense. Nonoperating expenses in fiscal 1996 decreased by approximately $0.2 million, or 61.6%, to $0.1 million compared with $0.3 million in fiscal 1995. The decrease in nonoperating expenses is primarily attributable to higher interest income earned on the net proceeds of an October 1995 secondary offering of shares of the Company's Common Stock which were invested in short-term investments. Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense in fiscal 1996 was $1.8 million, compared with $2.0 million in fiscal 1995. The income tax expense reflects a one-time benefit of $0.4 million resulting from the merger of Aurora into ATC which allowed ATC to utilize Aurora's net operating loss carryforwards as offsets to its future taxable income. During fiscal 1996, excluding for the one-time tax benefit, and fiscal 1995, the Company's effective tax rates were 38.0% and 38.6%, respectively. Net Income. As a result of the foregoing, net income in fiscal 1996 increased by approximately $0.6 million, or 18.7%, to $3.9 million, compared with $3.3 million in fiscal 1995. Excluding the impact of the one-time tax benefit of $0.4 million, net income would have been $3.5 million for fiscal 1996. Net income as a percentage of net revenues was 8.8% in fiscal 1996, after excluding the one-time tax benefit, compared with 9.8% in fiscal 1995. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES The Company's principal sources of liquidity are cash flow from operations and available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility provides the Company with an aggregate of up to $30.0 million of senior secured financing to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes (including permitted acquisitions). As of March 24, 1998, the Company had approximately $25.2 million of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility. It is expected that the Company's principal uses of liquidity will be to provide working capital, finance capital expenditures, fund costs associated with acquisitions and meet debt service requirements. As a result of the consummation of the Transactions, the Company is highly leveraged. Except to the extent set forth below, there will be no mandatory payments of principal on the Notes scheduled prior to their maturity. Based upon current operations, anticipated cost savings and future growth, the Company believes that its cash flow from operations, together with available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be adequate to meet its anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and scheduled principal and interest payments, although the Company believes that its ability to repay the Notes and amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility at maturity will require additional financing. There can be no assurance, however, that any such additional financing will be available at such time to the Company, or that any such available financing will be on terms favorable to the Company. Furthermore there can be no assurance that the Company's business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels or that estimated cost savings or growth can be achieved. The Supplemented Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments, consummate certain asset sales, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, issue preferred stock, merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the New Credit Facility contains 52 other and more restrictive covenants effectively prohibiting the Company from prepaying the Notes. The New Credit Facility also requires the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy certain financial tests. The Company's ability to meet such financial ratios and tests will be affected by events beyond its control; there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet such tests. See "Description of New Credit Facility." The Company conducts part of its operations through its subsidiaries. As a result, the Company relies, in part, upon payment from its subsidiaries for the funds necessary to meet its obligations, including the payment of interest on and principal of the Notes. The ability of the subsidiaries to make such payments will be subject to, among other things, applicable state laws. Claims of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries will generally have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of the Company. At November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions and Acquisitions, holders of the Notes would have been structurally subordinated to no amount of indebtedness plus other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company's subsidiaries, which management believes were approximately $5.0 million at November 30, 1997. The Company has historically financed its operations through internally generated funds, public and private equity and debt financings and borrowings under its credit facilities. As of November 30, 1997, working capital was $38.1 million, compared with working capital of $27.7 million at February 28, 1997, an increase of $10.4 million. The increase in working capital was primarily due to the net proceeds from the offering of the 8.18% Senior Secured Notes in May 1997 after repayment of bank debt and fees, and the purchase of certain assets of BCM including accounts receivable and unbilled receivables. As a result of the Company's acquisition of BCM and additional costs incurred in connection with the ATEC acquisition, the Company's tangible net worth decreased to $0.7 million at November 30, 1997 from $9.2 million at February 29, 1997, primarily as a result of goodwill amounts recognized in connection with these transactions. Nine-month Cash Flows. During the nine months ended November 30, 1997, net cash flows used in operating activities were $1.5 million, primarily due to the increase in billed and unbilled receivables and decreases in accounts payable and other liabilities, representing payments of property facility rentals, non-compete consideration and assumed liabilities of ATEC and other acquisitions. Net cash flows used in investing activities were $11.3 million, resulting from the acquisitions of BCM and ATEC and purchases of property and equipment. Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $16.7 million, primarily representing the proceeds of the 8.18% Senior Secured Notes less repayment of outstanding bank debt and a bank borrowing of $5,500,000 made in connection with the BCM acquisition. Twelve-month Cash Flows. During fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996, net cash flows used in operating activities were $6.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, primarily due to income generated from operations and increases in billed and unbilled receivables, which were offset in fiscal 1997 by reductions of accounts payable and other liabilities, including assumed liabilities associated with acquisitions. Net cash flows used in investing activities were $13.1 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in each of the periods, resulting from the acquisitions of ATEC and 3D and purchases of property and equipment in fiscal 1997 and the acquisitions of the Hill Assets, Applied, Con-Test and R.E. Blattert, additional contingent purchase obligations in connection with the BSE and R.E. Blattert acquisitions and purchases of property and equipment in fiscal 1996. Net cash flows provided by financing activities were $8.4 million and $17.5 million, respectively, representing the proceeds of the bridge credit facility, less payments made on long-term debt and notes payable assumed from ATEC in fiscal 1997 and representing the net offering proceeds of the Company's secondary offering of Common Stock plus proceeds from a $2.6 million increase in debt primarily under the Company's prior credit facilities, less payments made on long-term debt and notes payable of $6.7 million in fiscal 1996. SEASONALITY ATC typically experiences a slow down in business activities during the winter months and an increase in business activities during the summer months. This is due to seasonal fluctuations in construction and remediation activities. As a result, operating results may vary from period to period. For fiscal 1997 and 1996, comparable quarterly revenues as a percentage of relevant annual revenues were 26.8%, 25.7%, 23.7% and 23.8% and 25.1%, 27.0%, 25.2% and 22.7%, respectively. 53 BUSINESS ATC is a leading national provider of professional consulting, engineering and testing services within the environmental and construction materials industries. Management believes the Company is also a leading provider of integrated environmental information management technology services. The Company provides a broad range of services to a diverse client base of over 8,000 customers, with domestic businesses and non-federal government entities representing over 95.5% of the Company's gross revenues for the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. No single customer represented more than 1.8% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. In addition, the Company's ten largest customers taken together accounted for less than 13.6% of the Company's gross revenues during the twelve months ended November 30, 1997. The Company provides its services through a network of 73 branch offices located in 34 states covering every major market of the United States. Asset preservation, liability and health related considerations have increasingly driven demand in the environmental services industry, whereas regulation has decreased as a driver over time. As a result of these market dynamics, environmental administration has become an integral component of day-to-day property management activities. Management believes that ATC is well-positioned to take advantage of certain rapidly growing sectors of the approximately $16.0 billion environmental services industry. In addition, the industry is highly fragmented and management believes that the industry presents many favorable opportunities for growth through acquisitions. In 1993, the Company initiated a strategy of controlled growth through acquisitions to build a national infrastructure and to broaden its range of technical services. The Company has created a national infrastructure through the completion of 12 acquisitions since May 1993. ATC has thereby also expanded its service mix by adding construction materials testing and engineering, lead risk management, indoor air quality management, water and wastewater management and information management technology services. As a result of this growth and diversification strategy, net revenues and EBITDA increased to pro forma fiscal 1997 levels of $95.9 million and $13.8 million, respectively, from $15.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 1993. Management believes that ATC is well-positioned to grow revenues and EBITDA in the future. The key elements of its continuing strategy to achieve this growth include (i) pursuing cross-selling opportunities presented by ATC's recently diversified service mix and recently developed national infrastructure, (ii) capitalizing on specific sectors which management believes have high growth potential, including indoor air quality, risk assessment, Brownfield development and environmental information management technology services outsourcing, (iii) expanding its national programs, the first of which was established in 1995, which emphasize expanding existing regional or local customer relationships into national relationships and (iv) increasing profitability by implementing tactical acquisitions. Management intends to pursue companies that can be "tucked into" ATC's established infrastructure and that provide opportunities for additional contributions from branch operations without proportional increases to overhead or fixed costs. BUSINESS STRATEGY In 1993, the Company began the implementation of a strategy, the key elements of which were designed to (i) establish a national infrastructure of branch office locations and (ii) diversify its service offerings. Management believes that the Company has achieved these strategic, structural objectives and now intends to focus on the following strategies to build on this foundation to improve its market position and to grow operating earnings: . Cross-Sell Services. As a result of its acquisition strategy, the Company has expanded its service offerings and client portfolio. This has resulted in many cross-selling successes for the Company because ATC has been able to sell additional services to existing clients and newly acquired clients. Management expects these cross-selling opportunities to continue at an accelerated rate as a result of its acquired service capabilities in the construction materials testing and engineering, lead risk management, 54 water and wastewater management and information management technology services. Additionally, the Company's national infrastructure provides opportunities for cross-selling expanded services to existing customers that currently receive more limited services on a local or regional basis. . Focus on High-Growth Services and Sectors. The successful implementation of strategies designed to increase service offerings has resulted in the Company's ability to capitalize on many high-growth market opportunities. ATC is well-positioned to take advantage of the niche markets of indoor air quality, water and wastewater management, risk assessment, Brownfield development and environmental information management technology services, each of which management believes has high growth potential. In addition, management intends to take advantage of trends such as the outsourcing of specialized technical services by national and multi-national corporations. . Expand National Sales Programs and Develop International Opportunities. Since 1995, ATC has implemented six national programs which have been highly successful in generating new business from existing clients and from specific industries with growth potential. Existing programs focus on incremental revenues from clients in the lead risk management, hazardous waste/Brownfield development, PCS/wireless communications industry, national commercial account management programs, federal programs and petroleum markets. In the Asia-Pacific markets, the Company is in the early stages of its long-term effort to take advantage of a developing demand for environmental services. ATC is currently providing asbestos management services to Mitsui Fudosan in Japan and is providing design services for a wastewater treatment facility in China for a multi-national corporation. The Company intends to use such relationships to pursue other opportunities in these markets. . Pursue Tactical Acquisitions. ATC has developed significant expertise in identifying, completing and integrating acquisitions. ATC plans to apply its expertise in assimilating acquired companies' personnel and branch operations into ATC's existing infrastructure and expanding acquired companies' service and product offerings to existing clients. Management intends to strengthen its position as a leading industry consolidator through tactical acquisitions which meet operating, financial and geographic criteria. Management believes that its existing national infrastructure provides a platform for "tuck-in" acquisitions of regional and local companies. According to management estimates, there are 3,500 companies whose businesses are complementary to those of the Company. Management believes that a significant number of those companies could be operated more profitably as part of ATC's operations. . Emphasis on Business Fundamentals. Management believes industry participants typically have management teams with predominantly technical orientations. In contrast, ATC has distinguished itself by focusing on business fundamentals to complement its technical expertise. ATC intends to continue to emphasize a disciplined approach to such basic business fundamentals as selling and marketing, customer service, cost management, overtime minimization and collection of receivables. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW Environmental Services Industry Unlike the 1970's and 1980's, when new environmental regulations were frequently promulgated by federal and state agencies and regulatory compliance was the primary market driver, the demand for environmental services has shifted and is now driven by economic and liability management considerations. In the early 1990's, public awareness also heightened concerns for environmental issues. Today many companies insist that environmental improvement expenditures not only satisfy regulatory compliance, but also be justifiable on other grounds--such as protecting assets, increasing workplace safety, reducing health risks, improving public relations, minimizing waste and preventing pollution and reducing financial liabilities. Customer needs and demands have also changed. Many customers have become more sophisticated in their expectations of environmental services providers. Cost and image considerations have become key drivers in the environmental services industry. In addition, management believes that customers are looking for service providers that can provide a broad range of integrated services, can deliver these services on a national basis and 55 can provide an adequate level of insurance coverage. Through its service diversification and geographic expansion, ATC has positioned itself to respond to these new market demands. ATC's national sales and technical programs (the "National Programs") focus on providing services to targeted market segments where these new demands create increased revenues and market share and higher pricing opportunities. The Company believes that these trends will continue to create new and more profitable opportunities for serving major commercial and industrial clients. The municipal water and wastewater services market is currently driven by the deterioration of existing utilities and treatment facilities and the expansion of new water and sewer facilities to developing areas. Regulatory agencies play a secondary market driver role through placing construction moratoriums on developments and utilities that do not meet existing water quality criteria. Management believes that this market also presents revenue growth opportunities for other integrated ATC services such as construction materials testing and engineering and geotechnical engineering. In a recent report to Congress, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") estimated that approximately $140 billion in expenditures will be needed over the next twenty years to meet expected municipal wastewater requirements. Two independent market evaluations, one by the Environmental Business Journal ("EBJ") and the other by the independent marketing firm of Richard K. Miller & Associates, Inc. ("RKM&A"), estimate the size of the environmental consulting and engineering services market for 1995 at between $15.0 and $16.0 billion. Annual growth is projected at 3.0% to 5.0% through the next three to four years. Generally, the environmental consulting and engineering services industry is viewed as having stabilized, with declining market demand in some sectors being offset by growth in others. Over the last three years, the market for federal agency contracts has declined, and those service firms dependent on revenues from this sector have been negatively affected. ATC has experienced more stable market conditions over the last three years due to its focus on the commercial and industrial market segments. Certain companies in the environmental services industry have been required to reduce size and revenues in an effort to improve operating performance. During this period, ATC has maintained its position as an industry leader in financial performance, while increasing its market share through internal growth and acquisitions. Management believes that, for the next few years, growth in demand from municipal clients, private sector clients (commercial and industrial) and in certain service areas will exceed the expected average growth rate of the overall environmental service industry. These service areas include lead risk management, indoor air quality consulting services, occupational health and industrial hygiene services, environmental risk management consulting, hazardous waste consulting, water and wastewater design services, environmental insurance and environmental information management technology. The Company also believes that there will be significant opportunities in: (i) outsourcing of environmental management and due diligence services to clients with large portfolios of real estate holdings; (ii) providing environmental, geotechnical and construction materials testing services to the PCS/Wireless industry; and (iii) providing environmental insurance, assessment services, remediation design and site development engineering of certain environmentally impaired but otherwise valuable properties, which can be returned to the market place with a "clean" status. Such sites are known as "Brownfield" sites. Industry observers believe that the asbestos market will show little growth and the hazardous waste services market will experience some decline in the coming years. The Company believes, based on the significant size of these markets, that there are opportunities for continued revenues from existing client relationships, increased market share through acquisitions and the Company's ability to penetrate the market with competitive pricing and reliable services. Furthermore, while governmental expenditures are expected to grow more slowly in coming years as a result of changes in political priorities, private sector spending on environmental services is expected to increase, particularly in certain sectors. Within the past three years, regulations have been promulgated which have created new business opportunities within certain sectors of the environmental consulting and engineering services industry. In February 1994, the United States Department of Labor promulgated new asbestos regulations for the construction 56 industry, which are more stringent than the previous regulations. Lead-based paint is another area of increasing regulatory activity, partially in response to the provisions of Title X of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, as amended in 1997, and partially as a result of increasing concern arising from evidence of the severe health effects of childhood lead poisoning. A U.S. study has documented serious lead dust hazards caused by conventional remodeling and painting practices in residential properties and another federal study documented the problem of "take home" lead, wherein unprotected construction workers expose their families to lead dust transported home from the work place. Organizations, including the EPA and Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA"), have placed a high priority on enforcing these standards. In the late 1970's and early 1980's, several significant environmental regulations were promulgated: (i) the Clean Water Act, (ii) the Clean Air Act, (iii) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), (iv) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA") and (v) the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act. While regulatory matters may continue to diminish generally as a market driver, the Company believes that clarification and enhancement of laws in some areas, such as lead regulation, can create new business opportunities. For example, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") operates the Lead-Based Paint Hazard Control Grant Program established by Title X of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, as amended in 1997, known as the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act. The primary purpose of the HUD program is to reduce the exposure of young children to lead-based paint hazards in their homes. Lead in paint, drinking water and soil is a major threat to human health and the environment. Lead is known to be toxic to the human body, even at relatively low doses. In children, excessive exposures to lead can result in brain damage leading to learning disabilities and, in some cases, retardation. Adult exposures to excessive amounts of lead can cause reproductive, hematological and nervous system disorders. The HUD program provides grants between $1.0 million and $4.0 million to state and local governments for control of lead-based paint hazards in privately-owned, low income owner-occupied and rental housing. As part of this effort, HUD also provides grants between $0.5 million and $2.0 million for conducting lead-based paint hazard control in low income, privately-owned housing units on or near Superfund or Brownfield sites. All grants are designed to stimulate the development of a trained and certified hazard evaluation and control industry. Evaluation and hazard control work under the program must be conducted by contractors who are certified and workers who are trained through a state-accredited program. In awarding grants, HUD promotes the use of cost-effective approaches to hazard control that can be replicated across the nation. Since 1993, $335.0 million has been awarded to 70 grantees in 26 states and is currently being spent by such agencies. Additional opportunities are presented by federal regulations under Title X of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 which, among other things (i) established a national requirement for training and certification of all lead contractor workers and supervisors, inspectors, risk assessors, project designers and other individuals involved in lead paint activities and (ii) established new disclosure requirements applicable to all property transactions affecting residential properties built prior to 1978. While historical growth in the demand for environmental services has been stimulated by regulatory compliance concerns, management believes that future growth will, in large part, be driven by private litigation, asset preservation and productivity considerations. As companies have become increasingly sensitive to the potential adverse consequences of environmental problems and the potential impact of environmental liabilities, they have taken an active approach to managing environmental health and safety risks and liabilities, whether or not they are subject to regulations. This trend is observed in such areas as steel structure repainting projects, real estate transaction assessments and indoor air quality initiatives. For example, bridge and tunnel authorities undertaking the removal of lead- based paint from large steel structures are seeking to establish monitoring systems to prevent the dispersion of lead dust into the environment, which could lead to future liabilities. The Company believes that such actions are motivated in large part by concerns regarding the potential liabilities associated with lead contamination. Similarly, concerns over 57 environmental liability risks have made environmental assessments an integral component of the due diligence process for commercial real estate transactions. Financial institutions frequently require environmental assessments prior to loan origination, refinancing, and foreclosure activities, while insurance companies increasingly require environmental assessments before issuing environmental insurance liability policies. All of these factors create opportunities and markets for ATC to provide its integrated environmental services. Construction Materials Testing and Engineering Industry Numerous specialty services are provided to the construction and the related engineering and architectural design industries. ATC provides services in the areas of construction materials testing and engineering, geotechnical and civil engineering services, site surveying, roofing system inspections, on- site client construction services and development of material specifications. Construction of a significant structure or improvement represents a major permanent investment for any owner, whether commercial or governmental. The primary driver for materials testing, inspection services and geotechnical services (soil and earth analysis) is an owner's concern that this investment be protected by quality construction materials that meet design specifications. Architects and engineering firms require that the quality of construction materials and on-site soil conditions be monitored in order to ensure that the project design conditions are being met. Contractors, architects and engineers hire materials testing and geotechnical consultants to test materials such as concrete, structural and reinforcing steel, soil and geosynthetic liners both prior to commencing design and during the construction phase of a project. The quality of materials and their ability to conform to design specifications are critical to the future life and constructability of the facility. Three common types of construction materials and geotechnical tests are (i) soil tests for moisture content and compaction density, (ii) concrete tests for compressive strength and (iii) structural and reinforcing steel tests for tensile strength and connection strength. The construction materials testing and engineering industry is driven by national and local economic conditions. Most of the construction materials testing and engineering services provided by ATC are for projects within 200 miles of the office where the service is provided. Geotechnical consulting and engineering services are less sensitive to geographical constraints. For these reasons, the ATC offices providing construction materials testing and engineering services are located in metropolitan areas identified with current and ongoing construction activities. Construction activities can develop from commercial, industrial, institutional and governmental entities. ATC currently offers construction materials testing and engineering services from offices in: Miami, Florida; Nashville, Tennessee; Atlanta, Georgia; Dallas, Texas; Washington D.C./Baltimore, Maryland; Boston, Massachusetts; Cincinnati, Ohio; Indianapolis, Indiana; Chicago, Illinois; Detroit, Michigan; Louisville, Kentucky; St. Louis, Missouri; Orange County, California; and San Antonio, Texas. Based on anticipated demand for construction materials testing and engineering services, offices in the markets serving Charlotte, North Carolina, New York, New York and Mobile, Alabama are currently being considered as expansion opportunities. Construction materials testing and engineering services are considered mature markets and a project award is generally based on service reputation, price, client relationship, and local competition. Delivery of services on a national basis through a network of offices is a factor considered by national clients. Expansion of ATC's construction materials testing and engineering services to new markets can be achieved through tactical acquisitions of local service firms. Except for state licensure requirements for the engineering component, there is little regulation of the construction materials testing and engineering or geotechnical consulting service industries. Industry standards are set by agencies such as the American Society of Testing Material, the American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials, the American Concrete Institute, the American Welding Society and several others. Construction projects themselves, however, are governed by state and local building codes, the stringency of which varies by location. In general, independent third party materials testing and inspection for construction projects are required by owners on all new commercial and public construction projects over $1.0 million. Frequently, testing and inspection requirements also apply to renovation and repair projects as well. 58 Information Management Technology Industry Information management technology services are driven by the desire for businesses and government agencies to more efficiently manage complex operational information utilizing the latest technologies. Economic benefits of information management technology services are realized when the ability to manage information maintains or creates a competitive market position for a business. Government agencies look to information management technology services as a means of cutting costs for many agency operations. Knowledge and skills in the latest technological advances, along with quality service, enable ATC to be a leading service provider in this market. Over the last five years, the increased development and use of technology by businesses and governmental agencies has led to a dramatic rise in the demand for information management technology services including, project support, software development and other computer-related services. To meet their needs, many businesses and governmental agencies are seeking the services of consulting firms for technical staff to supplement internal resources for the management of complex projects and for expertise in leading edge technologies. The information management technology services market grew by almost 25.0% to a total of $24.7 billion during 1996 according to a special study by Input Information Technology Intelligence Services ("INPUT") conducted for the Updata Group, Inc. This market was expected to grow from 1996 at an annual compounded rate of 17.3% to a total of $55.0 billion by the year 2001. In similar studies conducted since 1993, actual industry growth has exceeded INPUT estimates in every year. INPUT estimated in 1996 that the consulting services segment of the industry, which is the industry's leading growth segment, would grow at an annual rate of 21.1% to reach aggregate revenue of $18.3 billion by 2001. The Company believes that the demand for Internet/intranet system development services will grow at a much faster rate as companies use the Internet to provide their business partners with access to corporate data. ATC provides information management technology services in general consulting services, Internet/intranet applications development and on-site staffing support or outsourcing. SERVICE AND PRODUCT OFFERINGS The Company's core service groups are (i) Environmental Services, (ii) Construction Materials Testing and Engineering Services and (iii) Information Management Technology Services. Other non-core services offered by ATC are environmental analytical laboratory services, environmental insurance, building condition surveys, construction management services, environmental training and outsourcing of professional staff. A description of each service group follows: Environmental Services The majority of ATC's project activities within this segment focus on identifying potential environmental hazards and risk exposures and developing regulatory and technical solutions for such problems. The major service areas within this group are (i) Environmental Engineering and Consulting, (ii) Industrial Hygiene, (iii) Water and Wastewater Management, (iv) Lead Risk Management and (v) Health and Safety Training. Environmental Engineering and Consulting. Management believes that ATC is one of the largest providers in the environmental services industry of Phase I and Phase II assessments of commercial and industrial properties. In addition, ATC occasionally provides Phase III and Phase IV monitoring and testing on these properties. The Company has a significant presence in the Phase I and II markets, particularly Phase I work associated with property transfer transactions. In addition, ATC effectively utilizes its national infrastructure of offices to conduct Phase I assessments on large, multi-site property portfolios under the direction of ATC's National Commercial Accounts Program. Phase I assessments generally involve a visual inspection of the site, an examination of aerial photographs, an investigation of past land uses and a review of other sources of site data that may be appropriate. As a result 59 of its research and visual inspections, further investigation under a Phase II may be recommended. Phase I assessments are now required in the majority of commercial real estate transactions. Under standards promulgated by the American Society of Testing and Materials, a minimum amount of environmental due diligence must be performed by a commercial real estate buyer to qualify for the "innocent landowner defense" as outlined under CERCLA. If necessary, Phase II testing involves sampling of soil, water and other materials from a site utilizing ATC's analytical laboratories to identify and quantify the presence of specific compounds. ATC provides hazardous waste consulting services to corporate and governmental clients. Many of these clients are large regional and national corporations with multi-site consulting needs. The market for these services are primarily driven by client relationships and quality of service delivery. Regulatory drivers are RCRA and CERCLA plus state-specific hazardous waste regulations. Prerequisites for inspection by a client are strong regulatory experience at both the federal and state level as well as expertise in site investigation strategies and site remediation. Under the RCRA Corrective Action Guidelines, tasks required on hazardous waste projects may include regulatory strategy development, site investigations, corrective measures studies, remedial design and remedial construction management. Similar tasks are required under the CERCLA regulatory process. In addition to hourly consulting fees, project revenues come from site drilling services and analytical services which are also provided by ATC. In order to coordinate and develop the technical resources of ATC in this complex service area and to provide a mechanism for nurturing long-term client relationships with targeted clients, ATC's Hazardous Waste/Brownfield Development Program was created. New market opportunities exist in the areas of site characterization, regulatory strategy development, environmental insurance, remedial design and remediation management of Brownfield sites. ATC has formed business relationships with three firms specializing in this market. ATC provides environmental compliance services to industrial, commercial and governmental clients. These services include environmental compliance audits, wetland delineation and mitigation, environmental impact studies, air quality permits, ambient air quality modeling and sampling, continuous emission monitoring system design and solid waste landfill design and permitting. Market drivers for these services are state and federal regulatory requirements for compliance. Demand for these services varies by state depending on the progress made by a particular state in promulgating and enforcing regulations. Air quality permitting and consulting services are currently in demand by many corporations. ATC also offers hydrocarbon environmental services to companies engaged in exploration, refining, distributing and retailing of petroleum products. Typical facilities requiring these services are drilling operations, pipelines, terminals, refineries, bulk storage facilities, convenience stores and gas stations, and truck stops. Typical projects may include site assessments, risk assessments, regulatory strategy development, above-ground and underground tank testing, remediation design and construction, on-site recovery and maintenance and state funding recovery. Market drivers are state and federal regulatory mandates; however, clients are sensitive to value-added pricing and the quality of services. For the reasons noted above, the petroleum industry tends to award large volume contracts to a select number of service providers that can meet these requirements. ATC's National Petroleum Industry Program is focused on maintaining client relationships, ensuring quality service delivery and coordinating internal pricing strategies. ATC's success and commitment to the petroleum industry has made it a leading service provider in this market. Management believes that targeted clients in this industry can generate annual revenues for ATC in excess of $10.0 to $15.0 million over the next five years. Other integrated services offered by ATC to petroleum clients include Phase I and Phase II assessments for property transactions, environmental insurance, geotechnical engineering, construction materials testing and engineering, analytical laboratory services and construction management. Industrial Hygiene Services. The Company offers a variety of industrial hygiene services, including asbestos management, industrial hygiene investigations and analyses, indoor air quality services and industrial hygiene laboratory services, each as described below. ATC provides asbestos management services including comprehensive asbestos testing and consulting. These services may begin with a survey of facilities to determine the condition, type, quantity and location of 60 asbestos. After gathering field samples, the Company may utilize polarized light microscopy, phase contrast microscopy and transmission electron microscopy to analyze asbestos fibers. Other services include risk assessment, remediation design for asbestos abatement, industrial hygiene services before, during and after the asbestos removal process, development of operations and maintenance training programs for facilities personnel and asbestos awareness seminars for client personnel. ATC's services are designed to enable building owners and operators to comply with federal, state and local regulations for asbestos control by providing a comprehensive approach for controlling or removing asbestos. Management believes that ATC is one of the largest providers of asbestos management services in the United States and that ATC will continue to gain market share in the industry because small regional competitors will be unable to meet the demands of national, multiple-site projects. ATC's technical personnel include registered architects, professional engineers, certified industrial hygienists, certified safety professionals and asbestos specialists, all with extensive experience in managing asbestos materials. Such personnel are licensed and certified by federal, state and local agencies. As part of the services related to industrial hygiene investigations and analyses, ATC evaluates potential health hazards in occupational settings, including hazards arising from exposure to chemical or biological substances. Potential hazards include corrosive chemicals, solvents, gases, toxic dusts, radiation, lasers, noise, lighting, heat, bacteria and other pathogenic organisms. Results of these evaluations determine the extent of exposure to potentially hazardous substances, and methods can then be developed to control and minimize associated risks. Field measurements are used to determine compliance with governmental regulations and other standards. After corrective measures are designed and implemented, ATC provides follow-up monitoring which is designed to ensure that workplace exposures are minimized. Healthy indoor air quality is recognized as an essential factor in promoting comfort and welfare. ATC's indoor air quality specialists conduct investigations designed to identify (i) sources of indoor air pollution and (ii) possible effects on occupants. A thorough building system investigation evaluates mechanical and ventilation systems. An inventory of chemicals, air contaminants, office equipment, plants, harmful sub-chemicals, air contaminants and maintenance practices are part of the evaluation. ATC typically recommends solutions that are customized to each specific facility and problem. Market drivers are related to workplace environment and productivity issues. ATC's laboratory services utilize in-house analytical testing facilities capable of detecting and quantifying a wide variety of materials, including asbestos-containing materials and hazardous substances. These laboratories are certified in states where ATC's industrial hygiene services are offered. ATC provides industrial hygiene services to commercial, institutional and industrial clients and governmental entities. Compliance with federal, state and local regulations is a market driver; however, general concern for human health and the environment, along with potential liabilities, are also significant incentives for clients requesting these services. Water and Wastewater Management. Due to the acquisition of BCM, ATC has the ability to provide water and wastewater services for municipal and industrial clients. For municipal water clients, these services include the design, operation, maintenance and construction management of water supply systems and reservoirs, water treatment plants, water pumping systems, pipelines and elevated storage tanks. Municipal sewerage system services include the design, operation and maintenance, financial rate analysis and construction management of sewers, lift stations and wastewater treatment systems. Market drivers for these services are the demand for new or upgraded water and sewerage systems in developing residential and commercial areas. Furthermore, old water and sewerage systems constructed prior to the 1980's are deteriorating and often require upgrading. Regulatory requirements for meeting water quality criteria and local moratoriums on area developments are often drivers for these services. Municipal client relationships generally require a significant effort to develop; however, once established, such relationships can provide long-term demand for repeat services by a provider. Industrial water and wastewater services are more client-specific with regard to the types of services required. Prerequisite qualifications for selection by an industrial client are knowledge and experience with 61 various manufacturing processes along with expertise in a variety of biological and physical/chemical processes. Client relationship development and quality service delivery are key factors in maintaining repeat business with industrial clients. Typical project tasks may include wastewater characterization studies, permitting and regulatory strategy development, process water and material balances, waste treatability studies, water and wastewater treatment system design, system operation and maintenance and construction management. Market drivers include the need to expand an industrial facility's production rates and compliance with treated effluent discharge criteria established by state and federal regulatory agencies. Other integrated ATC services may include hazardous waste management services, analytical laboratory services, construction materials testing and engineering and environmental insurance. Lead Risk Management Services. ATC was one of the first companies to provide national lead risk management services because it had the first state- accredited lead risk management training institute in the United States. ATC is a co-founder of the National Lead Abatement Council, the first trade organization representing contractors, inspectors, vendors, attorneys and public officials engaged in managing lead risks. ATC maintains a high degree of visibility and credibility in the lead services arena through participation in professional and standard-setting organizations and through publishing articles in trade publications. Until recently, lead risk management services were sought primarily to establish compliance with lead poisoning prevention regulations. However, the market is now expanding as clients increasingly seek voluntary risk reduction programs and defend against a proliferation of lead poisoning lawsuits. Federal law requires lead paint testing of all federally assisted public housing authority projects nationwide, and comprehensive abatement of lead paint identified in these projects. ATC has provided lead paint testing and abatement project management services to numerous public housing authorities throughout the United States. ATC is currently pursuing opportunities created by federally funded programs. Management believes that the market for lead risk management services has a potential for high growth rates over the next five to ten years. In order to focus and develop its technical resources in this area of specialization and provide a program dedicated to marketing these services to targeted groups, ATC formed the Lead Risk Management Program in 1996. ATC's lead risk management services are comprised of corporate lead risk management services, steel structure and industrial compliance services and residential lead paint testing and project management services. ATC develops corporate lead risk management programs, policies and procedures catering primarily to insurance companies, lending institutions, law firms and large real estate managers. Policy development typically entails an examination of a client's real estate with respect to potential lead liabilities. Working closely with corporate legal and technical divisions, ATC recommends policies and procedures to ensure lead-safe management of properties and compliance with applicable lead poisoning prevention regulations. The Company's corporate lead risk management services also include designing and implementing compliance training seminars and workshops. ATC also offers lead paint litigation support services exclusively in support of property owners, managers, lending institutions and insurers. These services include case consultation, regulatory analysis, document and deposition review, expert testimony, as well as site investigation and testing services. ATC provides comprehensive environmental monitoring of surface preparation activities that include the removal of lead and associated coatings from steel structures. Nationwide, hundreds of thousands of petroleum storage tanks, water tanks, transportation bridges and other major structures are made of steel and painted with coats of lead-based paints and lead primers. These structures require periodic maintenance, including full removal of the lead paint and primers followed by re-painting to prevent corrosion. ATC employs trained engineers and prepares abatement specifications to guide major customers through lead removal activities in accordance with all federal, state and local regulations. 62 ATC provides residential property owners and managers with testing and project management services for the analysis and abatement of lead contamination in paint, soil, air and drinking water. Consultation services include conducting surveys to identify lead problems, and designing optimal procedures for the removal of lead paint. Project management services include providing construction monitoring of lead projects to prevent exposure to lead dust. Health and Safety Training. The Company has established several health and safety training and advisory programs. ATC operates training schools under the name The Environmental Institute, as well as under ATC Associates. Management believes that the Environmental Institute is a leading environmental services learning center. The Company develops and presents public and private training courses each year for those involved in environmental, asbestos, lead, hazardous materials and safety and health issues. "Right-to-Know" programs in accordance with mandates by OSHA, the EPA and some state regulations are designed to communicate information regarding the hazards of chemicals to workers and communities. ATC routinely customizes courses to meet specific client needs. The Environmental Institute also provides basic technical training for ATC's professionals. Construction Materials Testing and Engineering Services ATC provides testing and client representative services related to soil, concrete and steel materials used in the construction industry. These services are divided between two broad categories (i) construction materials testing and engineering and (ii) geotechnical testing and engineering. From the preconstruction stage of evaluating materials to the completion of the project, ATC's range of services supporting construction projects include quality assurance and quality control, construction specifications, test evaluations, materials performance documentation and problem solving. These services are conducted in ATC's laboratories prior to and during construction, in the fabrication plant and at the construction site. ATC's expertise in these areas provide valuable assistance to clients in the construction of foundations, highways, railroads, dams, bridges, transmission towers, buildings, airports, industrial plants, water supply facilities, wastewater treatment facilities, dock and waterway facilities, solid waste landfills, power plants and many other structures. Potential clients include architects, engineers, contractors, commercial developers, local and federal government agencies and corporations. ATC provides state-of-the-art testing of concrete and structural and reinforcing steel. Through proven systematic methods and procedures of quality control management, ATC customizes project work to meet the specific needs of the client. As a result of its national presence, ATC is able to deliver materials testing services on-site for the duration of a construction project, giving it a competitive advantage over regional and local providers. Concrete is tested during and after placement to measure the mixture and strength of concrete. Specifications are developed by the architect or engineer and are customized for the design of the structure or foundation. Steel structures are tested for deficiencies in two main areas, the beam welds and the fastening bolts. While many steel tests are performed at the project site, tests are also done at the steel fabrication plant, where the process can be monitored and imperfections can be corrected more efficiently. Concrete and steel samples collected in the field are transported back to a local ATC laboratory for analysis. Field representatives are deployed to the job site from the nearest area office providing these services. Typically, a 200-mile proximity to the job site is the most economically feasible distance for providing these services. Therefore, ATC only provides these services in areas with construction activities to support the necessary operational resources. Periodically, field offices are established to accommodate large projects. Geotechnical Engineering and Consulting Services. ATC's geotechnical engineering and consulting services involve the analysis of soil data and design of structures supported on or within the earth. Geotechnical 63 services begin with the project planning and design phase of a project, extend through construction, and often continue through the service life of a structure. Geotechnical engineers, geologists and earth scientists conduct geotechnical, subsurface explorations to ascertain the behavior of soil, rock and groundwater as affected by existing geologic features and new construction activities. ATC's professionals have expertise in soil and rock mechanics, geophysics and earthquake engineering. The design of a subsurface program requires familiarity with local geology and a thorough knowledge of economical construction methods. ATC provides expertise to customers through its extensive geographic distribution of offices staffed by professionals with expertise in a wide variety of soil conditions and physiographic provinces. Soil tests are performed to determine soil compaction characteristics both before foundation design and after excavation or soil placement has taken place. The purpose of these tests is to determine the stability and load- bearing characteristics of a soil before, during and after construction. ATC uses the expertise of its geotechnical engineers, geologists and experienced field drilling personnel to design a field exploratory program. The field data and samples are brought to certified ATC soils laboratories for further testing and evaluation. The information obtained during the field exploration and laboratory testing is used to provide the client with cost-effective designs for high-rise building foundations, site improvements, tunnels, dams, manufacturing facilities, landfills, bridges and many other structures. ATC also provides specific recommendations to avoid delays and cost overruns during construction, particularly in the weather-dependent site preparation phase of a project. An engineering report is prepared under the direction and review of a licensed professional engineer familiar with the particular geologic conditions and engineering practices of the project area. Information Management Technology Services ATC's information management technology services encompass all phases of information system design, development, maintenance and management in client server and mainframe-based environments. The Company also provides support to clients in maintaining computer systems and in areas such as help desk management and other system and network support services. The Company's information management technology services fall into the following four categories: (i) general information technology consulting services; (ii) internet/intranet applications development; (iii) outsourcing services; and (iv) environmental information management technology services. The Company's general information management technology consulting services are designed to provide highly-trained technical personnel to meet clients' supplemental staffing needs. Such personnel typically provide services in the areas of design, programming, testing, implementation, maintenance, support, data conversions and the evaluation of networks, databases and operating systems. These services are generally provided on an hourly billing rate basis. Through its Internet/intranet applications development services, the Company provides leading-edge technology design and implementation services in the development of dynamic database applications that operate over clients' customized intranets or through the Internet. These services can include web site hosting services, where appropriate, which are used to segregate the applications database from a client's internal data base systems. As part of its outsourcing services, ATC offers outsourcing staff support services to provide staffing and management of all aspects of an information management technology project or service within guidelines established by the Company and the client. The Company's outsourcing service offerings include help desk support, remote network administration and Internet site development, hosting, maintenance and support. ATC provides information management technology services related to environmental data, data storage and access and regulatory compliance documentation. This capability, along with ATC's core environmental services, national infrastructure, depth of professional expertise and environmental insurance products, has been a competitive advantage in winning certain national contracts. 64 Market demand for these services is high, and pricing strategies typically allow high labor rate multipliers. This is especially the case for critically needed expertise by a client when information management technology systems are inoperable due to software or hardware problems. Prospective clients for ATC's information management technology services include corporations, institutions and governmental agencies. Other ATC Products and Services In addition to the core services described above, ATC maintains specialized services that can be integrated with the overall needs of its clients. This is part of ATC's overall business strategy to build and maintain client relationships while adjusting to the market demand for professional services. Most of these services have either developed within the last five years or been obtained through recent acquisitions. The following is a description of some of the non-core services offered by ATC to complement its core business. Environmental Laboratory Analytical Services. ATC provides environmental laboratory analytical services to outside clients as well as to internal operations. Full-service analytical laboratories are located in Atlanta, Georgia; Indianapolis, Indiana; Woburn, Massachusetts; and Dallas, Texas and cover organic and inorganic analyses of soil, water, waste and gas media. These laboratories as well as various other ATC offices also provide analysis of asbestos materials. State and federal certifications are maintained by ATC's laboratories for conducting tests under strict audits established by state and federal agencies' quality assurance protocols. Annual recertification procedures are typically required to ensure that laboratories continue to operate under the latest standards of practice. Laboratory service clients are comprised of commercial, industrial, municipal and federal government clients. On many occasions, these services are provided as support to other internal projects and services offered by ATC. However, due to market demand, ATC's laboratories obtain over half of their revenues from outside clients, many of which are direct competitors of ATC. Environmental Insurance. As a result of the recent acquisition of EWI, ATC can now offer environmental insurance products to existing and new clients. In the last two years, numerous new insurance products have been developed to meet the increasing demand by owners or operators for liability protection and risk limitation against environmental problems. Examples of new insurance products include: (i) environmental risk transfer insurance for sellers and buyers of real estate; (ii) lender protection insurance; and (iii) remedial cost cap insurance. Management believes that the ability to offer innovative environmental insurance products to its clients is a distinct advantage in the environmental services industry that will allow ATC to further meet the special needs of its clients. Prospective clients for these products are lending organizations, commercial developers, real estate holding companies, municipalities and large corporations. Insurance premiums can vary from several thousand dollars to several hundred thousand dollars, depending upon the extent and amount of coverage required. These costs, although significant, are seen as reasonable risk management tools by a client when spread across a portfolio or when necessary to close a transaction or avoid carrying or incurring a major liability on a corporate balance sheet. Building Condition Surveys. As part of its integrated service strategy for commercial and industrial clients, ATC also offers building condition surveys. As a general rule, building condition surveys involve an evaluation of the facility's heating, ventilation and lighting systems, water services, roofing system and structural/ architectural construction. This service is frequently associated with the purchase of real estate where the purchaser requires an evaluation of operation and maintenance exposures of property prior to closing. These services are also integrated with other ATC commercial and industrial project services such as Phase I and Phase II assessments, asbestos assessments, indoor air quality consulting and lead risk management. ATC is in the process of promoting and developing building condition surveys on a national level. Construction Management Services. Through its effort to serve its clients' needs and generate additional profitable revenue sources, ATC extends its services to include construction management services. These services range from serving as the client's field representative during construction to complete management and responsibility for project construction. The role of the client representative is to ensure that the construction is done according to the plans and specifications developed by either ATC or the architect/engineer. These services are typically billed on either daily rates or hourly rates plus expense reimbursement. 65 An example of such services includes the oversight of construction of a water or wastewater treatment facility for a client. Such projects are generally long duration assignments. Other client opportunities may occur when a client desires to have a project completed on a "turnkey" basis, which covers not only the facility design but also its construction and startup operation. MARKETING AND SALES Marketing, Environmental and Construction Materials and Engineering Testing Services. The Company provides its professional consulting, engineering and testing services in the environmental and construction industries to Fortune 500 companies, small companies, real estate property owners and managers and federal, state and local governments. The Company's contracts are obtained by its professional sales staff through relationship building followed by proposals and bidding. Referrals from existing and former clients, architects and engineers are a significant source of contract leads. The Company has been able to sell both environmental services and construction materials testing and engineering services to the same clients. Consistent with trends towards focusing on litigation, liability and cost management, there is an increasing tendency for companies to obtain a greater share of their environmental services from a smaller number of large national service providers. Industry observers attribute this trend to (i) the need for broader services, (ii) the desire to reduce the number of consultants used and (iii) secondary issues such as minimizing liability exposure through the use of large firms carrying greater insurance and indemnity coverage. The Company believes that this trend presents a significant opportunity for firms, such as ATC, that have the service diversity, the technical skills, branch office coverage, team mobilization capabilities and financial resources to perform the services and provide the insurance and indemnity protection demanded by large corporate and governmental clients. To take advantage of this trend, ATC's overall marketing strategy is a combined national and regional approach. National efforts are directed by senior professionals of the Company, while regional efforts are typically directed either by a regional or branch manager or by a sales and marketing professional. The Company's regional sales and marketing departments generate leads, act as proposal administrators, perform technical writing and generally support the Company's sales efforts. In addition, senior technical and sales staff have been assigned to market specialized services to specific sectors such as the PCS/Wireless communications industry and Brownfield initiatives. ATC presently markets its environmental services and construction materials testing and engineering services through its network of branch offices located in 34 states. Direct marketing is accomplished by technical sales representatives, technical personnel and management personnel who routinely call on prospective clients. ATC also utilizes government and industry publications to identify potential services and requests for project proposals for submission of competitive bids. In addition, ATC markets its services through its environmental seminars and training courses for existing and potential clients. Marketing, Information Management Technology Services. The Company provides information management technology consulting services to Fortune 500 and other clients, including major companies in the telecommunications, financial services and pharmaceutical industries. A significant majority of the Company's information management technology service revenue is derived from its existing client base. The Company obtains new clients through personal sales presentations, telemarketing, referrals from other clients and referrals from current and former staff. In addition, ATC has found that a significant need for information management technology services exists among its present environmental services and construction materials testing and engineering clients and as a result, cross-selling between these areas has been advantageous. National Technical and Sales Programs. Recent trends in the engineering and consulting market require that a service provider commit considerable resources toward maintaining and developing client relationships. This shift from project-specific to long-term client relationship partnering requires a service provider to dedicate both technical and marketing resources toward tailoring services for a client. It also requires the provider to maintain a broad range of responsive, quality services. The rewards of such client relationship partnering and quality, service-focused programs are continued revenues from repeat customers and, in many instances, sole source solicitation and award of work to the firm. 66 ATC's two initial national programs were the National Commercial Accounts Program, started in November 1995, and the Lead Risk Management Program, started in March 1996. Revenues from the National Commercial Accounts Program are derived primarily from real estate assessment services provided to banks, insurance companies, real estate management companies and retailers. The Lead Risk Management Program's revenues are derived primarily from local and state housing authorities, municipalities and financial institutions. In May 1996, ATC established the Hazardous Waste Management/Brownfield Development Program. This program was created to develop, coordinate and market ATC's hazardous waste consulting services primarily targeted at large industrial clients. In response to the emerging Brownfield redevelopment market, ATC also established business relationships with firms specializing in the identification, purchase and resale of environmentally-impaired properties. Since April, 1997 when these relationships were formed, ATC has been awarded two Brownfield projects. In August 1996, ATC established the Federal Program which is focused on procurement initiatives from the U.S. Postal Services, the Army Corps of Engineers, the Veterans Administration and several other small federal government agencies. Much of this work is derived from subcontracting or team relationships with larger federal government contractors. The purpose of this program is to coordinate and maximize ATC's efforts to obtain business from the federal government. In March 1997, ATC initiated the PCS/Wireless Communication Program. In 1995, it was anticipated that up to 100,000 towers would be needed by the year 2000 to deploy networks for mobile radio and PCS services. As of June 30, 1997, there were over 38,000 operating sites. ATC services required for each tower installation include environmental, geotechnical, structural and construction materials testing and engineering. Since its inception, the program has received project awards from six nationally known communication companies. In July 1997, ATC formally established the Petroleum Services Program to focus on coordinating and expanding ATC's services to existing and targeted retail and fully integrated petroleum companies. Eligible facilities for ATC services include underground and above-ground storage tank installations, terminals, pipelines and refineries. Currently, eleven nationally-known petroleum companies are managed by the program. In order to capitalize on emerging high growth markets and services, ATC plans to continue adding new National Programs. One program under consideration is an international business development program. The Company intends to expand its operations into international markets, beginning with the Asia-Pacific region. ATC is currently providing asbestos management services to Mitsui Fudosan in Japan and is designing a wastewater treatment facility for a U.S. multi-national corporation in China. The Company intends to use these and other relationships to pursue new opportunities in the Asia- Pacific region and, if appropriate, establish an international business development program. As part of its acquisition strategy, ATC will also consider candidate firms with existing operations or business relationships in attractive international markets. KEY CLIENT SECTORS ATC's services and products are applicable to a full range of business, manufacturing, institutional and governmental sectors. However, based on demand for its services, existing relationships and revenue generation potential, ATC has targeted eight key client sectors for development under its national and regional sales activities. Those key client sectors, in order of priority, are: 1. Petroleum Industry 2. Chemical Industry 3. Financial Institutions 4. Real Estate Management and Development Firms 5. Municipalities 6. Public School Systems 7. Public Housing Authorities 8. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 67 COMPETITION The environmental services, construction materials testing and engineering and information management technology consulting industries in which the Company operates are subject to intense competition. In addition to the thousands of small environmental consulting and testing firms operating in the United States, ATC competes with several national environmental engineering and consulting firms including Law Companies Group, Inc., Dames & Moore, Inc. and Professional Service Industries, Inc. In the information management technology consulting market, ATC competes with many small and medium-sized firms as well as large temporary staffing companies, including The Olsten Corporation, Corestaff, Inc. and Accustaff Incorporated, among others, and large systems consulting firms. Certain of ATC's present and future competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources than ATC. It is not possible to predict the extent of competition that ATC will encounter in the near future as the environmental services, construction materials testing and engineering and information management technology consulting services industries continue to mature and consolidate. Historically, competition has been based primarily on the quality, timeliness and costs of services. The ability of ATC to compete successfully will depend upon its marketing efforts, its ability to accurately estimate costs, the quality of the work it performs, its ability to hire and train qualified personnel and the availability of insurance. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION Public concern in the 1970's and 1980's over health, safety and preservation of the environment resulted in the enactment of a broad range of environmental laws and regulations. This growth has slowed somewhat in the 1990's. However, the currently existing laws and their implementing regulations affect nearly every industry in the United States and are expected to continue to stimulate demand for ATC's services. Most environmental laws and regulations are promulgated by Congress and departments and agencies of the federal government. Many of the federal regulations contemplate enforcement by state agencies and adoption by the states of similar regulations which must meet the minimum federal requirements. In areas of environmental law where federal regulation is silent, the states may adopt their own environmental laws. Local governments such as counties and municipalities may also enact and enforce environmental laws that address local concerns. Those federal agencies whose regulations, guidelines or standards have the greatest potential impact on ATC are: 1. The EPA, which through a pervasive body of laws and regulations, including statutes, such as the Clean Air Act, CERCLA, the Clean Water Act, the National Environmental Policy Act and the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act and regulations such as the National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants, regulates a very broad spectrum of industrial, commercial and governmental activities, including the handling and disposal of hazardous waste and the cleanup of asbestos contamination; 2. The United States Department of Labor, which, through OSHA requires particular work practices, sets limits for worker exposure to hazardous substances on the job, requires employers to provide employees in certain industries with protective devices and requires employers to maintain records for periods of up to 30 years; 3. HUD, which sets the standards for and funds the testing and remediation of lead-based paint in publicly funded housing; and 4. The United States Department of Transportation, which regulates packaging and transportation of hazardous waste by all who transport or cause the transport of hazardous waste. The EPA, OSHA and HUD have each published regulations and guidelines to safeguard employees and the general public from environmental hazards. Federal regulations specify work practices for removal of asbestos and lead containing materials from buildings. Federal law also presently requires employers to inform workers, 68 and in some places the general public, of the dangers connected with hazardous chemicals in the workplace. These "Right-to-Know" laws usually require employers to list all hazardous chemicals in the workplace, to instruct workers about safe work practices and to train workers on how to respond in the case of exposure to or release of hazardous chemicals. Most states and local governments have adopted licensing and certification requirements for workers engaged in the environmental industry, which require workers to attend training classes. ATC is currently accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Program and expects to continue to participate in all future National Institute of Standards and Technology programs. Furthermore, ATC maintains various licenses and certifications pertaining to its laboratories, training facilities and certain field testing equipment in addition to licenses and certification of its employees. ATC has not experienced, and does not contemplate, any material difficulties in complying with regulatory and licensing provisions applicable to its business. ATC has received citations from governmental authorities, none of which have had a material adverse effect on the Company's business operations. The information management technology industry is not subject to significant government regulation or certification requirements. It is affected by tax regulations concerning the definition of independent contractors and by regulations governing the immigration of non-U.S. technical staff who make up a growing percentage of the staff available for consulting assignments. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ATC's organizational structure consists of five operating regions and corporate support operations in Sioux Falls, South Dakota; New York, New York; and Woburn, Massachusetts. Branch offices within each region are encouraged to share projects and technical resources to accomplish common deadlines and goals. Profits and losses are measured at the branch level to ensure profitability of all operations. Operational management and performance incentives, however, are maintained at the regional level to foster coordination of effort and technical resources in broad geographic areas. OFFICE AND SUPPORT SERVICES ATC operates through 73 branches located in 34 states. The branch is the basic economic and functional unit of the Company through which all services are provided. Personnel located in each office are experienced in developing and implementing solutions which meet the requirements of local regulations. The Company monitors all branches with an experienced staff of regional vice presidents. ATC specialists are responsible for introducing new services to customers, managing projects within budget and meeting pre-established quality control standards. Each region also has a dedicated sales and marketing staff and a financial controller. ATC has created systems and controls at the branch level through the use of standardized operating procedures. Financial controls involve ongoing review of specific benchmarks, key components of which include, bi-weekly sales and profit projections, payroll expenses and employee utilization rates. Branch managers are responsible for hiring, training, and motivating branch personnel. Incentives at ATC are based on a bonus program directed at regional performance. The bonus program has two key performance criteria: (i) operating margins and (ii) days sales outstanding. Bonuses for a region are earned on an increasing scale with minimum thresholds for Branch Operating Profit to encourage maximum operating performance and the timely collection of accounts receivable. The Company believes that the incentive program has allowed it to achieve a high retention rate for managers. The Company intends to relocate all administrative functions located in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, consisting primarily of accounting, human resources and MIS support, to Woburn, Massachusetts. Severance costs associated with the relocation are expected to be nominal. It is anticipated that the relocation will be complete by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 1999. 69 PERSONNEL As of November 30, 1997, ATC employed approximately 2,018 employees, 1,691 of which were full-time employees and 327 of which were part-time staff members. ATC's employees consist of 1,585 technical and professional personnel, 54 sales and marketing persons and 379 administrative employees inclusive of executive officers. The backgrounds of ATC's technical and professional staff include, among other disciplines, environmental engineering, information management technology, industrial hygiene, hydrogeology, chemistry, biology and geology. ATC from time to time hires additional personnel on a temporary basis. ATC believes that it has been able to establish and maintain a stable work force of experienced personnel by paying competitive wages and by providing standard benefits. ATC believes that its own training school has helped to ensure the availability of a trained work force. To help maintain and grow its information management technology staff, ATC has increased the proportion of work performed in its facilities so that these projects may be used to provide enhanced training and retention opportunities for staff when they are not engaged at a client site. FACILITIES ATC leases office space, laboratory facilities, temporary housing facilities and storage space under operating lease agreements, which have varying dates of expiration. ATC utilizes all of its leased facilities near maximum capacity. However, ATC does not foresee any difficulty in leasing adequate supplementary facilities, if necessary, and therefore does not believe any of its leases are material. The Company leases the facility housing its principal executive, administrative, operations and laboratory facilities, aggregating approximately 40,000 square feet located at 104 East 25th Street, New York, New York at a base rate of $362,700 per annum with a term ending on September 30, 2001. ATC has three separate lease and sublease agreements which, on an aggregate basis, cover the premises housing its consulting and laboratory operations at 600 West Cummings Park, Woburn, Massachusetts, comprised of approximately 24,567 square feet at an aggregate base rent of approximately $310,844, with lease terms expiring at the end of the summer in 2002. ATC entered into three leases with the Mann Realty Company in connection with its acquisition of the assets of ATEC. These leases cover the premises located in Indianapolis, Indiana; Dallas, Texas and Atlanta, Georgia. These leases cover 15,827 square feet, 12,150 square feet and 18,700 square feet, respectively, at annual rents of $193,512, $117,540 and $209,936, respectively. Each of the three leases has a ten-year term, all of which commenced on May 24, 1996, with an option to terminate after four years upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Although the Company believes it can lease similar space, no assurances can be given that the Company will obtain leases at the same locations and at the same lease rates. As a result of the Transactions, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries are in technical violation of certain of their leases which require prior written consent upon assignment or a change of control. To the extent such consent is not obtained, the Company may incur incremental rental expenses for its facilities or incur relocation costs and there can be no assurance that any such expenses or costs would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In addition, ATC utilizes various laboratory, field and computer equipment which are owned or leased. ATC also rents equipment on a project-by-project basis. PROFESSIONAL TRAINING AND QUALITY CONTROL ATC's commitment to quality control and high quality work and work practices was first established when the Company was primarily an environmental laboratory. This commitment is demonstrated by ATC's corporate quality awareness strategy, the principles of which are founded on client satisfaction, participation of employees at all levels, problem prevention and continual quality improvement. ATC insures quality awareness through both internal and external training at branch, regional and national levels. Branch training covers all phases of regulatory requirements by discipline as well as specific technical training developed through ATC's National Programs. Additionally, field workshops and mentoring programs are commonly used. Formal training is 70 provided by the Environmental Institute and ATC's other training divisions and supplemented by outside training providers as necessary. INSURANCE ATC has secured a "claims made" professional liability insurance policy, including contractor's pollution liability coverage. The professional liability insurance policy has a two-year term, ending on May 23, 1998, which is subject to biennial renewal, with a per-claim and aggregate limit of $10.0 million and a deductible of $250,000 per claim, although increased limits have been obtained on a specific endorsement basis to meet the needs of particular clients or contracts. A "claims made" policy only insures against claims filed during the period in which the policy is in effect. This policy covers both errors and omissions. Under the policy, the deductible payable in respect of a claim decreases to $50,000 per claim for the balance of the policy term, if the Company has paid an aggregate of $750,000 during the policy term. Although various claims have been made in the past against the Company's professional liability/contractor's pollution policy, to date no such claim has ever resulted in an insured loss. The Company has paid $0, $25,000 and $16,000, respectively, for fiscal 1996, fiscal 1997 and the nine months ended November 30, 1997, for uninsured professional liability and pollution claims (i.e., claims that have not exceeded the $250,000 deductible) under this policy. In the three months ended November 30, 1997, the Company recognized a $250,000 charge related to a probable loss for the uninsured portion of a claim made under the Company's professional liability insurance policy. ATC also carries an occurrence form general liability insurance policy in the amount of $1.0 million, with a $10.0 million umbrella; this coverage includes products/completed operations. The general liability insurance policy has a one-year term, ending on May 23, 1998, which is subject to annual renewal. ATC's policies have been renewed in each of the last several years that they have been in effect. The Company maintains a claims made directors and officers' liability insurance policy, which was procured following the consummation of the Transactions and procured a six-year extended reporting period for the directors and officers' liability insurance policy that was in effect prior to the Transactions. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Recent Proceedings On or about November 5, 1997, a summons and complaint were filed in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County (the "Delaware Court") on behalf of Irvin Richter, as plaintiff (the "Richter Complaint"). The Richter Complaint named the Company and the members of the Company's board of directors as defendants. On or about December 18, 1997, counsel for Mr. Richter filed with the Delaware Court a Notice of Dismissal Without Prejudice of the Richter Complaint. On or about November 12, 1997, another summons and complaint were filed in the Delaware Court on behalf of Joseph I. Peters, as plaintiff (the "Peters Action"). On or about December 18, 1997, an amended complaint was filed in the Peters Action (the "Amended Complaint"). The Amended Complaint names the Company, the members of the Company's board of directors, Weiss Peck and the WPG Corporate Development Associates V, L.P. as defendants. The Amended Complaint challenges the Tender Offer and Merger. The Amended Complaint seeks class action status on behalf of the stockholders of the Company. The plaintiff in the Peters Action claims that the offer price for the Company's Common Stock is inadequate and that the defendants have breached their fiduciary duties to the plaintiff and other stockholders of the Company. The plaintiff seeks, among other things, to enjoin the Transactions or compensatory damages. On January 7, 1998, a motion to dismiss was filed by Weiss Peck and WPG Corporate Development Associates V, L.P. On January 13, 1998, answers to the complaint were filed by the Company and the remaining defendants. The parties to the Peters Action are currently conducting discovery. The Company believes the allegations contained in the Amended Complaint are without merit and intends to defend the Peters Action vigorously; however, there can be no assurance of the outcome. General Litigation First Fidelity Bank, N.A., et al v. Hill International, Inc. et al., Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Burlington County, Docket No. Bur- L-03400-95, filed December 19, 1995. Irvin E. Richter, et al v. ATC Group 71 Services Inc., et al. United States District Court, District of New Jersey, Civ. No. 96 CV 5818 (JBS) filed December 6, 1996. On December 19, 1995, a second amended complaint was filed in the above-entitled action which joined the Company as a defendant and included a count against the Company seeking recovery of certain assets purchased from Hill on the grounds that plaintiff banks held security interests in the assets and that Hill was in default under the security agreement creating such alleged security interests. The original plaintiffs in this action were First Fidelity Bank, N.A. and United Jersey Bank, N.A. The primary defendants were Hill and certain of its subsidiaries, and Irvin Richter, David Richter, Janice Richter and William Doyle. Irvin Richter and David Richter are officers and stockholders of Hill. In April 1996, the Company filed a cross-claim against Hill, Irvin Richter and David Richter alleging breach of contract and fraud, among other allegations and seeking unspecified damages, including punitive damages and equitable relief. In August, 1996, Hill and the Richters filed an answer denying ATC's cross- claims, a cross-claim against ATC and a third party claim against certain members of ATC's management and an employee. The cross-claim and third party claim seek unspecified damages, including punitive damages, for defamation, breach of the Richters' non-competition agreements and securities fraud. The defamation claims are based (i) on plaintiff banks' allegation of fraud against Hill and the Richters in their amended complaint, which Hill and the Richters allege was based on defamatory statements made by ATC in settlement discussions with the plaintiff banks and (ii) on a letter which was sent to an account debtor of the Company by an employee alleged to contain defamatory statements. In its answer, the Company both denies that it made defamatory statements and asserts that the defamation allegations fail to state legally valid claims. The breach of contract and securities claims are based on allegations that ATC made representations concerning a registration rights agreement to be provided in connection with options issued to the Richters as consideration for their non-competition agreements. In its answer, the Company denies that an agreement concerning registration rights was ever reached and asserts that any such rights were forfeited or suspended by the Richters in any case as a result of their conduct in connection with the asset purchase. These related cases are in their discovery phases. In January, 1997, the plaintiff banks dismissed their claim against ATC. On December 6, 1996, Hill and the Richters commenced an action against ATC and the same officers and employees of ATC alleging essentially the same claims in federal court as in the state action. This action is entitled Irwin E. Richter et al. v. ATC Group Services, et al., Civ. No. 96-5818 (JBS), U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, December 6, 1996. ATC has answered, raising the same defenses and additional defenses related to the timeliness of the federal claim. The case is currently in the discovery phase. It does not create a risk of double recovery. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction Corp. et al., Civ. Action No. 96-02281 F, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This is an action brought by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in April 1996, against the architects and general contractor on a renovation and construction project on the Suffolk County Courthouse in Massachusetts. The basis of the lawsuit is that one or more damp-proofing products specified by the architect defendants and installed by the contractor defendant made employees in the courthouse ill because of the off-gassing of harmful vapors. Dennison Environmental Services Inc., ("Dennison") an ATC subsidiary, was joined on August 13, 1996, as a third party defendant by TLT Construction Corporation, the general contractor, because Dennison performed some air quality testing of the air in the courthouse for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts during the construction process. The contractor alleges that it acted in reliance on these tests in continuing to install the material after the test report was given to it by the state. ATC's position is that it did not commit any error or omission in this case, that ATC made no representation to the contractors or material supplier and had no privity with them and that Dennison's opinion concerning short term, during-construction health effects of the off-gassing could not be justifiably relied upon with respect to the long-term performance and health effects of the product or its installation. This case is in the discovery phase. At this point, ATC considers the case to be without merit, and ATC intends to vigorously defend the action. The Company currently has in force a professional liability insurance policy covering this claim in the amount of $10,000,000 with a deductible of $250,000. Notice of claim has been made regarding this action and the insurer has agreed to assume the defense. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. 72 Barrett-Moeller et al. v. ATC Associates Inc., Civ. Action No. 97-01037D, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This is an action arising out of the same set of occurrences as gave rise to Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction, Inc. described above. The action was brought by a group of employees who worked in the Suffolk County Courthouse during the period in which the off-gassing of harmful vapors was alleged to have occurred. The suit seeks damages for personal injury in an unspecified amount. Notice of this claim has been made to ATC's professional liability insurer. The claim should be covered by insurance, subject to a $250,000 deductible. Joan Spencer v. TLT Construction et al., Civ. Action No. 97-4161C, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This is an action arising out of the same set of occurrences as gave rise to Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction, Inc. described above. The action was brought by an employee who worked in the Suffolk County Courthouse during the period in which the off- gassing of harmful vapors was alleged to have occurred. The suit seeks damages for personal injury in an unspecified amount. Notice of this claim has been made to ATC's professional liability insurer. The claim should be covered by insurance, subject to a $250,000 deductible. Cambridge Housing Authority v. CON-TEST, Inc. and ATC Group Services Inc., Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This action was brought on October 1, 1997 for damages in excess of $1,000,000 alleging that Con-Test, Inc. breached its contract with Cambridge Housing Authority and was negligent in performing asbestos survey work preparatory to a housing project re- modernization project. ATC was joined as a party on the theory of continuous business enterprise successor liability. ATC has filed an answer denying that it was a successor to Con-Test under Massachusetts law and asserting that it should therefore have no liability for Con-Test's acts or omissions. The Company believes that the case is without merit because ATC does not meet the definition of successor liability in the State of Massachusetts. State of New York Department of Taxation and Finance. The Company has received a notice of audit from the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance for the three fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995. The agent has issued a preliminary audit report, which is expected to be the basis of a formal assessment estimated to be approximately $200,000. The Company is disputing the agent's positions and intends to appeal any assessment if rendered. No assurances can be given regarding the ultimate liability, if any, which may result. Administrative Violations Indiana Department of Environmental Management v. ATC Associates Inc. ATC received a Notice of Violation and Proposed Agreed Order, EPA I.D. No. IND 004939765, dated June 9, 1997, on June 12, 1997. The Notice of Violation seeks a penalty in the amount of $120,500 for alleged violations of the federal hazardous waste regulations and Indiana hazardous waste regulations arising out of the handling of hazardous wastes in ATC's Indianapolis laboratory. On January 7, 1998, ATC attended a second informal settlement conference with the Indiana Department of Environmental Management ("IDEM"). On March 24, 1998, the Company submitted its settlement proposal to IDEM. As a result of this settlement process, the Company believes that this penalty can be significantly reduced although there can be no assurances in this regard. ATEC will be responsible for a significant part of any ultimate penalty. Accordingly, ATC does not believe this case will result in a material loss. Probable Claims One Parkway Project. ATC has received notice of related potential claims by R.M. Shoemaker Co., a Pennsylvania construction firm, and four of its workers arising out of ATC's performance of asbestos abatement survey, design and project monitoring services. The services were performed by ATC's Burlington, New Jersey office on a project known as the One Parkway Project. The claims allege that ATC: (i) failed to locate certain asbestos-containing materials in a high rise building during its inspection of the facility; (ii) failed to include these undiscovered materials in the design specifications for an asbestos abatement project in connection with a renovation project on the building; and (iii) failed to properly clearance inspect and test the areas on which 73 abatement had been performed prior to demobilization of the asbestos abatement project. The claimants allege that ATC's acts or omissions resulted in additional corrective actions including remobilization of certain areas, delays of the renovation project and exposure of construction workers to asbestos contamination. R.M. Shoemaker has alleged that it sustained damages in the amount of $1,500,000 for additional abatement costs plus additional damages for delay. The workers' exposure claims have not been quantified. No suit has been filed. At this point, the Company believes that it was not responsible for the alleged problems on this project. ATC's responsibilities on the project were limited, and ATC believes that the alleged omissions which allegedly resulted in the alleged losses were outside the scope of the Company's contractual responsibilities. The Company has served notice of these claims upon its professional liability insurer. This coverage is subject to a $250,000 deductible. Intellectual Property. The Company possesses over one thousand computers, a majority of which were acquired through acquisitions. No audits have been performed to confirm that valid licenses exist for software run on all of such acquired computers. The Company is unable to estimate the potential costs it would incur if it were found to be in violation of any of the software licenses. 74 MANAGEMENT EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of the persons who are directors and executive officers of the Company and of key employees of the Company. NAME AGE POSITION ---- --- -------- Nicholas J. Malino....... 47 Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Christopher P. Vincze.... 36 Chief Operating Officer and Director Wayne A. Crosby.......... 44 Controller Wesley W. Lang, Jr. ..... 40 Director Nora E. Kerppola......... 33 Director Benjamin J. James........ 41 Director Donald W. Beck........... 39 Senior Vice President Key Employee: John J. Smith, Esq....... 47 General Counsel and Secretary Nicholas J. Malino. Mr. Malino became Chief Executive Officer, President and director of the Company following consummation of the Merger. From May 1993 to the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Malino served as Senior Vice President, Financial and General Operations of ATC and has been an employee of ATC since October 1992. Mr. Malino has over fourteen years of experience in managing professional service organizations. From February 1991 to September 1993, Mr. Malino was the New York Regional Manager of Kemron Inc., a hazardous waste consulting company headquartered in McLean, Virginia. From August 1989 to January 1991, he was the Operations Manager for the New York City branch of Professional Service Industries, Inc. Christopher P. Vincze. Mr. Vincze became Chief Operating Officer and director of the Company following consummation of the Merger. From July 1993 to the consummation of the Merger, Mr. Vincze served as Senior Vice President, Financial and General Operations of ATC. Mr. Vincze has served as a regional manager of ATC since July 1991 and Vice President of a subsidiary of ATC since 1992. Mr. Vincze joined Dennison Environmental, Inc. in 1984 as an industrial hygienist and served as Vice President of Marketing and Operations from 1987 to July 1991. Wayne A. Crosby. Mr. Crosby has served as Controller of ATC since October, 1997, served as Chief Financial Officer of ATC between July 1995 and October 1997 and served as region controller of ATC from December 1993 to July 1995. Prior to joining ATC, Mr. Crosby was the Chief Financial Officer of BSE Management, Inc. from 1991 to 1993, and Chief Financial Officer of Compex Systems, Inc. from 1986 through 1990. Mr. Crosby is a certified public accountant and was employed by Deloitte Haskins & Sells for eight years. Wesley W. Lang, Jr. Mr. Lang became a director of ATC following consummation of the Tender Offer. Mr. Lang has been a principal of Weiss Peck since 1985. Prior to joining Weiss Peck, Mr. Lang was employed by Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, where he specialized in acquisition financing. Mr. Lang serves as a director of Chyron Corporation. Nora E. Kerppola. Ms. Kerppola became a director of ATC following the consummation of the Tender Offer. Ms. Kerppola is a principal of WPG Private Equity Partners II, L.P., an affiliate of WPG Partners II. Prior to joining WPG Private Equity Partners II, L.P. in 1994, Ms. Kerppola was employed as a private equity investor at Investor International (U.S.), a subsidiary of Sweden's Wallenberg Group since 1990. Prior to 1990, Ms. Kerppola was an associate in the Investment Banking Department of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. Benjamin J. James. Mr. James became a director of ATC following consummation of the Merger. For the last five years, Mr. James has been employed at PPM America, Inc. ("PPM"), agent and investment manager for JNL, as Managing Director since 1997 and as Vice President since May 1991. Mr. James serves on the 75 advisory boards of certain private equity funds. Mr. James presently serves as an observer for JNL at various companies during their board meetings. Donald W. Beck. Mr. Beck has been Senior Vice President of ATC since April 1990 and Vice President since January 1988. Mr. Beck is responsible for managing the operations of certain ATC offices. Mr. Beck also served as a director of ATC Laboratories, Inc., a predecessor company of ATC, from November 1985 until January 1988, President of ATC Laboratories, Inc. from May 1986 until January 1988, and as Vice President of ATC Laboratories, Inc., from November 1985 until May 1986. Mr. Beck has been a full-time employee of ATC (and formerly ATC Laboratories, Inc.) since May 1982. John J. Smith, Esq. Mr. Smith has been General Counsel since August 1989 and served as a Vice President of ATC from September 1990 through December 1993. Following consummation of the Merger, Mr. Smith assumed the position of Secretary of the Company. Prior to joining ATC, from 1986 to 1989, Mr. Smith was the Secretary of the South Dakota Department of Water and Natural Resources, a cabinet level position responsible for managing all of the State's environmental and natural resource development programs. DIRECTORS COMPENSATION During both fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, ATC granted options to purchase 7,500 shares to each of Julia S. Heckman and Richard S. Greenberg, Esq., ATC's two outside directors. In fiscal 1997, ATC's Board approved the grant of replacement options to both outside directors to extend the term of the options and lower the exercise price. The replacement options were subsequently exercised by each of Ms. Heckman and Mr. Greenberg. Other than $35,000 earned by each of Ms. Heckman and Mr. Greenberg for their services as members of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors appointed to review and consider the Merger in fiscal 1998, no other compensation was paid to ATC's directors for serving in the capacity of director. There are no current arrangements for future compensation of directors. 76 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following summarizes, for the fiscal year indicated, the principal components of compensation for the Company's Chief Executive and the four most highly compensated executive officers of the Company for the periods indicated. SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE LONG TERM COMPENSATION ------------------------------ ANNUAL COMPENSATION AWARDS PAYOUTS ---------------------------- --------------------- ------- RESTRICTED SECURITIES NAME AND YEAR ENDED OTHER ANNUAL STOCK UNDERLYING LTIP ALL OTHER PRINCIPAL POSITION FEBRUARY 28 SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION AWARD(S) OPTIONS PAYOUTS COMPENSATION ------------------ ----------- ------- ------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------- ------------ Morry F. Rubin(1)....... 1997 268,750 259,943 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- President and Chief 1996 225,000 141,774 -0- -0- -0-(3) -0- -0- Executive Officer 1995 225,000 132,500 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- George Rubin(2)......... 1997 268,750 259,943 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Chairman of the Board 1996 225,000 141,774 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- and Secretary 1995 225,000 132,500 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Nicholas J. Malino...... Chief Executive 1997 170,000 100,000 -0- -0- 57,500 -0- -0- Officer, 1996 142,308 -0- -0- -0- 30,000 -0- -0- President and Director 1995 105,385 86,500 -0- -0- 37,500 -0- -0- Christopher P. Vincze... 1997 170,000 100,000 6,000(4) -0- 37,500 -0- -0- Chief Operating Officer 1996 142,308 -0- 6,000(4) -0- 30,000 -0- -0- and Director 1995 105,385 86,500 5,550(4) -0- 17,500 -0- -0- John J. Goodwin(5)...... President and Director 1997 140,000 51,335 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- ATC InSys Technology, 1996 140,000 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Inc. 1995 70,000 N/A -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- - -------- (1) Morry F. Rubin is no longer employed by the Company and resigned as President, Chief Executive Officer and director in connection with the consummation of the Transactions. Mr. Morry F. Rubin has agreed to provide consulting services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in a Severance Agreement (as defined herein). See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Severance Agreements." (2) George Rubin is no longer employed by the Company and resigned as Chairman of the Board and Secretary in connection with the consummation of the Transactions. Mr. George Rubin had agreed to provide consulting services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in the Severance Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." (3) Does not include options to purchase 81,750 shares of Common Stock issued in replacement of previously held options of Aurora, ATC's former parent company, which was merged into ATC in June 1995, with ATC as the surviving corporation. (4) Represents compensation relating to a car allowance. (5) John J. Goodwin commenced employment September 1, 1994. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS In connection with the Transactions, the Company entered into employment agreements with each of Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze (each employment agreement is referred to as an "Employment Agreement," and both the employment agreements are collectively referred to as the "Employment Agreements." Messrs. Malino and Vincze are referred to individually as an "Executive" and collectively as the "Executives"). The Employment Agreements are for a term commencing on February 16, 1998 and expiring on February 28, 2001. Pursuant to the Employment Agreements, each of the Executives will receive (i) a base salary 77 of $200,000 per year until March 1, 1998, and thereafter an annual salary of not less than $250,000, to be increased at a rate equal to the percentage increase of the Consumer Price Index and (ii) an incentive bonus of up to $250,000, which will be performance based. In addition, the Employment Agreements provide for the grant to each of the Executives options for 3.41% of the fully diluted common equity of Holdings following the consummation of the Transactions. 50% of the options granted to each of the Executive are time-vested, 50% of the options vest upon the Company's attaining certain operating targets established in the Employment Agreements. In addition, pursuant to the Employment Agreements, each Executive will receive 33,896 restricted shares of common stock of Holdings which will be subject to a time- vesting schedule, and a special cash bonus of $168,000 payable no later than June 1, 1998. The Employment Agreements also grant certain registration rights to each Executive in connection with his securities and contain termination provisions. ATC pays John J. Goodwin a bonus based upon a percentage of pretax operating profits of ATC InSys Technology, Inc. During fiscal 1990, ATC approved a 401(k) employee savings plan (the "401(k) Plan") which allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees into designated investment funds. ATC may, at the discretion of its Board of Directors, make additional contributions on behalf of the Plan's participants. No contributions were made by the Company in fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997. The 401(k) Plan continued in effect following the consummation of the Merger ATC has no other annuity, pension or retirement benefits for its employees. ATC provides life, dental and health insurance, which is available to all full-time employees. ATC has not afforded any of its executive officers any personal benefits, the value of which exceeds 10% of his salary, which are not directly related to job performance or provided generally to all salaried employees. STOCK OPTION PLANS Prior to the Transactions, the Company maintained (i) a Stock Option Plan which was adopted by the Company's board of directors and ratified by stockholders on January 12, 1988, (ii) the 1993 Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and (iii) the 1995 Stock Option Plan (collectively, the "Old Plans"). Options had been awarded to a number of individuals under each of the Old Plans (the "Old Options"). In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, all Old Options outstanding which were not fully vested were accelerated and became immediately exercisable. Holdings offered individuals who had been awarded Old Options with an exercise price below twelve dollars ($12.00) per share at the time of the consummation of the Merger the opportunity either (i) to receive a cash payment in full settlement of their Old Options, (ii) to exchange Old Options for options to purchase shares of common stock of Holdings (the "Holdings Options"), with the number of shares covered thereby and at an exercise price per share to be determined pursuant to a formula designed to cause the economic value (i.e., the difference between the aggregate fair market value of the shares of common stock of Holdings subject to such options and the aggregate per share exercise price thereof) of the Holdings Options immediately after the Merger to be the same as the economic value of the Old Options immediately prior to Merger in a substitution transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or (iii) to receive a combination of cash settlements and substituted options. Holdings took action to effect such substitute grants by adopting, through its Board of Directors, the Acquisition Holdings, Inc. 1998 Incentive and Non- Qualified Stock Option Plan, effective as of January 28, 1998 (the "1998 Stock Option Plan"). To the extent so elected by the optionees, non-qualified options under the Old Plans were substituted by non-qualified options under the 1998 Stock Option Plan and incentive stock options ("ISOs") under the Old Plans were substituted by ISOS under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. Holdings also intends to grant non-qualified stock options and ISOs to employees of Holdings and its subsidiaries and non-qualified stock options to directors of Holdings in the future under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. 78 The 1998 Stock Option Plan authorizes the Board of Directors of Holdings to grant options to purchase Common Stock of Holdings at an exercise price (the "option price") determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings, except in the case of ISOs, which are awarded at an option price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock (110% of the fair market value in the case of ISOs granted to ten (10%) percent shareholders of Common Stock). The 1998 Stock Option Plan is administered by Holdings' Board of Directors. Shares available under the 1998 Stock Option Plan can be allocated between non-qualified options and ISOs among the participants as the Board of Directors of Holdings deems appropriate. Awards may be granted for such terms as the Board of Directors of Holdings may determine, except that the term of an ISO may not exceed ten years from its date of grant. The terms under which all options may be exercised are determined by Holdings' Board of Directors. No option granted under the 1998 Stock Option Plan is exercisable until approval and ratification of the Plan has been obtained from the stockholders. No option may be exercised after the expiration of its term, which in the case of an ISO may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. In addition, however, ISOs may not be exercised at any time unless the holder is an employee of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries and has been continuously employed by Holdings or any subsidiary since the date of grant. This restriction with respect to ISOs applies regardless of whether termination occurs as a result of death, disability or any other reason. The 1998 Stock Option Plan provides that, in the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of a stock dividend or distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or the like, the Board of Directors of Holdings may appropriately adjust the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the 1998 Stock Option Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to options previously granted, the exercise price of options previously granted, and any and all other matters it deems appropriate. LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, ATC's certificate of incorporation provides that a director of ATC will not be personally liable to ATC or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director, except under certain circumstances, including breach of the director's duty of loyalty to ATC or its stockholders or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. ATC's by-laws provide for the indemnification of ATC's officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In this respect, ATC has entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors to hold them harmless and to indemnify each person from and against all fines, amounts paid in settlements and expenses, including attorneys' fees incurred as a result of or in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person was a director and/or officer of ATC or served any other corporation in any capacity at the request of ATC, in the manner and to the extent permitted by law. ATC has been advised that it is the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission that insofar as the foregoing provisions may be invoked to disclaim liability for damages arising under the federal securities laws, such provisions are against public policy as expressed in the federal securities laws and are therefore unenforceable. 79 PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. The following sets forth certain information concerning ownership of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share of Holdings (the "Holdings Common Stock") and the Holdings Preferred Stock owned beneficially as of March 27, 1998, by (i) each director, (ii) each of the named executive officers of the Company, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) each person who is the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the shares of each class of Holdings capital stock. HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK HOLDINGS PREFERRED STOCK --------------------- ---------------------------- APPROXIMATE APPROXIMATE PERCENT OF PERCENT OF NUMBER BENEFICIAL NUMBER BENEFICIAL OF OWNERSHIP OF OWNERSHIP NAMES OF INDIVIDUALS(1) SHARES OF CLASS(2) SHARES OF CLASS - ----------------------- --------- ----------- ------------- -------------- Nicholas J. Malino(3)...... * * -- -- Wesley W. Lang, Jr.(4)..... 1,661,253 97.55% -- -- Nora E. Kerppola(4)........ 1,661,253 97.55% -- -- Benjamin J. James(5)....... 187,771 10.16% -- -- WPG Corporate Development Associates V, L.P. 1,661,253 97.55% -- -- and certain related parties................... One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004 Jackson National Life 187,771 10.16% 100,000 100.0% Insurance................. c/o PPM America, Inc.(6) 225 West Wacker Drive, Suite 1200 Chicago, Illinois 60606 All directors and officers as a group(3)(7).......... * * -- -- - -------- * Represents less than one percent. (1) Each person has sole voting power and investment power with respect to the number of shares indicated as owned. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the parties listed in the chart above is: c/o ATC Group Services Inc., 104 East 25th St., 10th Floor, New York, NY 10010. (2) Based upon 1,702,920 shares of common stock of Holdings outstanding as of March 27, 1998. (3) In addition, directors, officers and certain employees of ATC will own an equity ownership stake in Holdings, the parent of ATC, equal to approximately 24.1%, which reflects management's investment of $2.1 million and options representing 11.7% of the fully diluted ownership of common stock of Holdings. (4) Includes 1,661,253 shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by certain affiliates of Weiss Peck of which Mr. Lang and Ms. Kerppola are principals. Mr. Lang and Ms. Kerppola disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock. (5) Includes 41,667 shares of Holdings Common Stock and warrants to purchase 146,104 shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by certain affiliates of JNL, including PPM America, Inc., the agent and investment manager of JNL, of which Mr. James is a managing director. Mr. James disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock and warrants. (6) The ultimate parent of JNL is Prudential Corporation PLC, headquartered in the United Kingdom. The beneficial ownership of shares of Holdings Common Stock indicated above includes warrants to purchase 146,104 shares of Holdings Common Stock granted to JNL in connection with its investment in the Holdings Preferred Stock; the warrants are currently exercisable. (7) Excludes 1,661,253 shares of Holdings Common Stock beneficially owned by certain affiliates of Weiss Peck, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Wesley W. Lang, Jr. and Nora E. Kerppola and 187,771 shares of Holdings Common Stock beneficially owned by affiliates of JNL, which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Benjamin J. James. 80 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company entered into two separate Severance, Consulting and Noncompetition Agreements (the "Severance Agreements") with George Rubin and Morry F. Rubin, pursuant to which George Rubin resigned his position as Chairman of the Board and Secretary of the Company and Morry Rubin resigned his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Pursuant to the Severance Agreements, Messrs. George and Morry Rubin have agreed to provide certain consulting services as requested by the Company for a period of three years following the consummation of the Transactions. The Severance Agreements restrict Messrs. George and Morry Rubin for a period ranging from three to four years from (i) competing in any aspect of the Company's business as conducted on the effective date of the Merger (the "Effective Date") anywhere in the United States, (ii) requesting or causing any employee of the Company to terminate employment with the Company, (iii) competing with ATC InSys Technology Inc. ("InSys") or 3D Information Services, Inc., anywhere in the State of New Jersey and (iv) soliciting certain customers of InSys within New York City. In consideration for the Severance Agreements, the Company paid to the Rubins $3.1 million in the aggregate upon the Effective Date and is required to pay $553,430 on each of the six calendar quarters thereafter, in addition to the continuance of certain other benefits currently provided by the Company. 81 DESCRIPTION OF NEW CREDIT FACILITY The Company and Holdings are party to the New Credit Facility with various lending institutions and Bankers Trust Company, as agent, which provides for senior secured credit facilities consisting of a $20.0 million Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $30.0 million which includes a sublimit for letters of credit. Loans under the Term Loan Facility ("Term Loans") and up to $9.0 million of loans under the Revolving Credit Facility ("Revolving Loans") may be borrowed to refinance certain existing indebtedness of the Company. Additional Revolving Loans are available for the Company's and its subsidiaries working capital and general corporate purposes, including to make certain permitted acquisitions. The Term Loans will amortize quarterly and have a final maturity date of January 29, 2003. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed. Revolving Loans also will mature on January 29, 2003 and may be repaid and reborrowed prior to the final maturity date. The Company will be required to pay the lenders under the New Credit Facility a revolving loan commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% per annum, payable on a quarterly basis, on the unutilized total commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility and a term loan commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% per annum (or less based on a leverage formula), payable on a quarterly basis, on the total commitment under the Term Loan Facility. The obligation to pay such term loan commitment fee terminated on the date on which the Term Loans were funded. The Company is also required to pay the lenders participating in the Revolving Credit Facility letter of credit fees equal to 2.25% per annum (or less based on a leverage formula) on the outstanding stated amounts of letters of credit and, to each lender issuing a letter of credit, a facing fee of 1/4 of 1% on the outstanding stated amounts. The obligations of the Company under the New Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and any direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company (the "Bank Loan Guarantors"). In addition, the obligations of the Company and the Bank Loan Guarantors under the New Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Bank Loan Guarantors. At the Company's option, the interest rates per annum applicable to amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facility will be either (a) an adjusted rate based on the Eurodollar Rate (as defined in the New Credit Facility) plus 2.25% initially (subject to quarterly adjustments based on a leverage formula) or (b) the Base Rate (as defined in the New Credit Facility) plus 1.25% initially (subject to quarterly adjustments based on a leverage formula). The New Credit Facility requires the Company to meet certain financial tests, including minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios. The New Credit Facility also contains covenants which, among other things, limit the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, enter into transactions with affiliates, form subsidiaries, enter into sale- leaseback transactions, make capital expenditures, loans, investments or lease payments, merge, consolidate or acquire or dispose of assets, voluntarily prepay or amend other indebtedness, incur liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in loan agreements of this type. The New Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, ERISA, judgment defaults, failure of any guarantee or security agreement supporting the Company's obligations under the New Credit Facility to be in full force and effect and a change of control of Holdings or the Company. 82 DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES The Private Notes were, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued under an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of January 29, 1998 among Acquisition Corp. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into a Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 5, 1998 (the "Supplemental Indenture"), pursuant to which the Company agreed to assume all of the rights and obligations of Acquisition Corp. set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture are referred to herein as the "Supplemented Indenture." The following summary of certain provisions of the Supplemented Indenture does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), and to all of the provisions of the Supplemented Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part of the Supplemented Indenture by reference to the TIA as in effect on the date of the Supplemented Indenture. A copy of the Supplemented Indenture may be obtained from the Company or the Trustee. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "-- Certain Definitions." The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes will be issued in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes. The Notes may be presented for registration or transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar, which initially will be the Trustee's corporate trust office. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without notice to holders of the Notes (the "Holders"). The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the Notes at the Trustee's corporate office in New York, New York. At the Company's option, interest may be paid at the Trustee's corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of Holders. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the Exchange Offer, together with the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Supplemented Indenture. PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000, of which $100,000,000 was issued in the Offering, and will mature on January 15, 2008. Additional amounts may be issued in one or more series from time to time, subject to the limitations set forth under "Certain Covenants-- Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness." Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 12% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15, commencing on July 15, 1998, to the persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the fifteenth day immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the date of issuance. The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund. REDEMPTION Optional Redemption. The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after January 15, 2003, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on January 15 of the year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption: YEAR PERCENTAGE ---- ---------- 2003............................................................ 106.000 2004............................................................ 104.500 2005............................................................ 103.000 2006............................................................ 101.500 2007 and thereafter............................................. 100.000 83 Optional Redemption upon Public Equity Offerings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, on or prior to January 15, 2001, the Company may, at its option, redeem, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined), up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal to 112.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that, at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately following such redemption. In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Public Equity Offering, the Company shall make such redemption not more than 60 days after the consummation of any such Public Equity Offering. As used in the preceding paragraph, "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten public offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or Holdings pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act; provided that, in the case of an underwritten public offering by Holdings, the proceeds of such offering to the extent required to fund the redemption shall have been contributed to the Company by Holdings as common equity. SELECTION AND NOTICE OF REDEMPTION In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed or, if such Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided further, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of a Public Equity Offering, selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to DTC procedures), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Supplemented Indenture. SUBORDINATION The payment of all Obligations on the Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations on Senior Indebtedness whether outstanding on the Issue Date, or thereafter incurred including, without limitation, the Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any total or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, whether voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations due or to become due upon all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or such payment duly provided for to the satisfaction of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution of any kind or character is made on account of any Obligations on the Notes, or for the acquisition of any of the Notes for cash or property or otherwise. If any default occurs and is continuing in the payment when due, whether at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, of any principal of, interest on, unpaid drawings for letters of credit issued in respect of or regularly accruing fees with respect to, any Senior Indebtedness, no payment of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Person on its or their behalf with respect to any Obligations on the Notes or to acquire any of the Notes for cash or property or otherwise. 84 In addition, if any other event of default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness, as such event of default is defined in the instrument creating or evidencing such Designated Senior Indebtedness, permitting the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness then outstanding to accelerate the maturity thereof and if the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness gives written notice of the event of default to the Trustee (a "Default Notice"), then, unless and until all events of default have been cured or waived or have ceased to exist or the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for the respective issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness terminating the Blockage Period (as defined below), during the 180 days after the delivery of such Default Notice (the "Blockage Period"), neither the Company nor any other Person on its behalf shall (x) make any payment of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on the Notes or (y) acquire any of the Notes for cash or property or otherwise. No event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness shall be, or be made, the basis for commencement of a second Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of commencement of such Blockage Period that, in either case, would give rise to an event of default pursuant to any provisions under which an event of default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new event of default for this purpose). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event will a Blockage Period extend beyond 180 days from the date the payment on the Notes was due and only one such Blockage Period may be commenced within any 360 consecutive days. By reason of such subordination, in the event of the insolvency of the Company, creditors of the Company who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness, including the Holders of the Notes, may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness. As of November 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the sale of Notes and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom to consummate the ATC Acquisition, the aggregate amount of Senior Indebtedness outstanding would have been approximately $26.2 million (excluding unused commitments of $30.0 million (excluding outstanding letters of credit) available under the Credit Agreement). GUARANTEES Each Subsidiary Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior subordinated unsecured basis, jointly and severally, to each Holder and the Trustee, the full and prompt performance of the Company's obligations under the Supplemented Indenture and the Notes, including the payment of principal and interest on the Notes. The Guarantees will be subordinated to Guarantor Senior Indebtedness on the same basis as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Supplemented Indenture, will result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount pro rata, based on the net assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP. The Subsidiary Guarantors include (i) each of the Company's Subsidiaries as of the effective date of the Merger other than its Foreign Subsidiaries, (ii) each of the Company's Subsidiaries that executed a supplemental indenture in which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the Supplemented Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) any Subsidiary, whether formed or acquired after the Issue Date, that guarantees any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any Subsidiary acquired after 85 the Issue Date which is prohibited from entering into a Guarantee pursuant to restrictions contained in any debt instrument in existence at the time such Subsidiary was so acquired and not entered into in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor so long as any such restriction is in existence and to the extent of any such restriction; provided, further, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantee of the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement, such Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations as Subsidiary Guarantor and, from and after such date, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall cease to constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary without limitation, or with or to other Persons upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Supplemented Indenture. See "--Certain Covenants-- Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets." In addition, in the event all of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor (or all or substantially all of the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor) is sold by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries and the sale complies with the provisions set forth in "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Asset Sales," such Subsidiary Guarantor's Guarantee will be released. Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors are not included herein because such Subsidiary Guarantors are jointly and severally liable with respect to the Company's Obligations pursuant to the Notes, but pro forma condensed combined consolidated financial statements concerning ATC and its Subsidiaries are included in the notes to the Financial Statement included herein. CHANGE OF CONTROL The Supplemented Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder has the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer"), at a purchase price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. The Supplemented Indenture provides that, prior to the mailing of the notice referred to below, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company covenants to (i) repay in full all indebtedness, and terminate all commitments, under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Indebtedness the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full all indebtedness, and terminate all commitments, under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Indebtedness and to repay the Indebtedness owed to each lender which has accepted such offer or (ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided below. The Company shall first comply with the covenant in the immediately preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions described below. The Company's failure to comply with the immediately preceding sentence shall be governed by clause (iv), and not clause (ii), of "Events of Default" below. Within 30 days following the date upon which a Change of Control occurs, the Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to each Holder at such Holder's last registered address, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 45 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the "Change of Control Payment Date"). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all the Notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. In the event the Company is required to purchase outstanding 86 Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Company expects that it would need to seek third party financing to the extent it does not have available funds to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain any such financing. Neither the Board of Directors of the Company nor the Trustee may waive the covenant relating to a Holder's right to repurchase upon a Change of Control. Restrictions in the Supplemented Indenture described herein on the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to grant liens on its property, to make Restricted Payments and to make Asset Sales may also make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company, whether favored or opposed by the management of the Company. Consummation of any such transaction in certain circumstances may require redemption or repurchase of the Notes, and there can be no assurance that the Company or the acquiring party will have sufficient financial resources to effect such redemption or repurchase. Such restrictions and the restrictions on transactions with Affiliates may, in certain circumstances, make more difficult or discourage any leveraged buyout of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by the management of the Company. While such restrictions cover a wide variety of arrangements which have traditionally been used to effect highly leveraged transactions, the Supplemented Indenture may not afford the Holders of Notes protection in all circumstances from the adverse aspects of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the "Change of Control" provisions of the Supplemented Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the "Change of Control" provisions of the Supplemented Indenture by virtue thereof. CERTAIN COVENANTS The Supplemented Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants: Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, "incur"), any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company and its Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than 2.25 to 1.0 from the Issue Date through February 29, 2000 and 2.5 to 1.0 thereafter. No Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the next preceding sentence shall be included in calculating any limitation set forth in the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Upon the repayment of Indebtedness which may have been incurred pursuant to more than one provision of the Supplemented Indenture, the Company may, in its sole discretion, designate which provision such Indebtedness shall have been incurred under. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions made to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and other than any dividend or distribution payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company) on or in respect of shares of the Company's Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock; (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (other than the exchange of such Capital Stock or any warrants, rights or options to acquire shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company); 87 (c) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor's Guarantee, as the case may be; or (d) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) (each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as a "Restricted Payment"), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant above, or (iii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date (the amount expended for such purposes, if other than in cash, being the fair market value of such property as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall exceed the sum of: (w) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company earned during the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter including the Issue Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter ending at least 30 days prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the "Reference Date") (treating such period as a single accounting period); plus (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, including treasury stock; plus (y) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (iii) (x) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company's Capital Stock (excluding, in the case of clauses (iii) (x) and (y), any net cash proceeds from a Public Equity Offering to the extent used to redeem the Notes); minus (z) the amount of all Investments made under clause (x) of the definition of "Permitted Investments," which shall not exceed $4.0 million. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or the giving of such irrevocable redemption notice if the dividend or redemption would have been permitted on the date of declaration or giving of irrevocable redemption notice; (2) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company, either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company; (3) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (A) shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (B) Refinancing Indebtedness; (4) the repurchase of shares of, or options to purchase shares of, common stock of Holdings, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of Holdings, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors), pursuant to the terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the board of directors of Holdings or the Company under which such individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the option to purchase or sell shares of common stock (or options to purchase common stock) (or any Restricted Payment made to Holdings solely to fund at the time made such payments); provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases or Restricted Payments shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year which, to the extent not used in any fiscal year, may be carried forward to the next succeeding fiscal year, provided that the aggregate amount which may be carried forward shall not exceed $1.0 million; (5) following the Initial Public Equity Offering, if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, dividends or Common Stock buybacks by Holdings, the Company or another Company in an aggregate amount in any year not to exceed 6% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings (to the extent contributed to the Company) or the Company in connection with such Initial Public Equity Offering and any subsequent Public Equity Offering (or any Restricted Payment made to Holdings 88 or such other Company solely to fund at the time made such payments); provided, however, that such dividends or Common Stock buybacks shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; (6) any payment by the Company to Holdings pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement; provided, however, that the amount of any such payment shall be the lesser of (i) the amount of taxes that the Company would have been liable for without regard to Holdings' ownership interest in the Company or (ii) the amount actually paid or substantially concurrently therewith to be paid by Holdings directly to the Internal Revenue Service or applicable taxing authority in respect of the taxes in respect of which such payment is being made by the Company to Holdings pursuant to such Tax Sharing Agreement; provided, further, however, that such dividends shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and (7) dividends to Holdings to the extent required to pay for general corporate and overhead expenses incurred by Holdings; provided, however, that such dividends shall not exceed $250,000 in any calendar year; provided, further, however, that such dividends shall be excluded from the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2) (ii), (3) (ii) (A), (4) and (5) shall be included in such calculation. Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors), (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents and is received at the time of such disposition; and (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 360 days of receipt thereof either (A) to prepay any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of any Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the commitment available under such revolving credit facility, (B) to make an investment in properties and assets that replace the properties and assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale or in properties and assets that will be used in the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related or complementary thereto (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) ("Replacement Assets"), or (C) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (iii) (A) and (iii) (B). Pending final application, the Company or the applicable Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility or invest in cash or Cash Equivalents. On the 361st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii) (A), (iii) (B) and (iii) (C) of the next preceding sentence (each, a "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date"), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (iii) (A), (iii) (B) and (iii) (C) of the next preceding sentence (each, a "Net Proceeds Offer Amount") shall be applied by the Company or such Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the "Net Proceeds Offer") on a date (the "Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date") not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant. The Company or any such Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may defer the Net Proceeds Offer until there is an aggregate unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount equal to or in excess of $5.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales (at which time, the entire unutilized Net Proceeds Offer Amount, and not just the amount in excess of $5.0 million, shall be applied as required pursuant to this paragraph). 89 Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company and its Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraph to the extent (i) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Replacement Assets and/or Cash Equivalents and (ii) such Asset Sale is for fair market value; provided, however, that any consideration constituting Cash Equivalents, if any, received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph. Notice of each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the Supplemented Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender Notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Notes of tendering Holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required by law. To the extent the amount of Notes tendered is less than the offer amount, the Company may use the remaining Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes and such Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset to zero. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule l4e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the "Asset Sale" provisions of the Supplemented Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the "Asset Sale" provisions of the Indenture by virtue thereof. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; (b) make loans or advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) the Supplemented Indenture; (3) the Credit Agreement; (4) non- assignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Subsidiary of the Company; (5) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (6) agreements existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date; (7) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under the Supplemented Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; (8) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets permitted under the Supplemented Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (9) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired; or (10) an agreement governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance the Indebtedness issued, assumed or incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (2), (3), (5) or (6) above; provided, however, that the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in any such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company in any material respect as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in their reasonable and good faith judgment than the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in agreements referred to in such clause (2), (3), (5) or (6), respectively. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 90 Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind against or upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date), or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom unless (i) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, the Notes and such Guarantee, as the case may be, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens and (ii) in all other cases, the Notes and the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except for (A) Liens existing as of the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Issue Date; (B) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness and/or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness; (C) Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees; (D) Liens of the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company; (E) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness which is incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of the Supplemented Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens (1) are no less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (2) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so Refinanced (other than property or assets subject to Liens under clause (B) above); and (F) Permitted Liens. Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is senior in right of payment to the Notes or its Guarantee, as the case may be, and expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness. The Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries which are not already Subsidiary Guarantors, directly or indirectly, to incur, guarantee or secure through the granting of Liens the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement or any refunding or refinancing thereof, in each case unless such Subsidiary, the Company and the Trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture evidencing such Subsidiary's Guarantee, such Guarantee to be a senior subordinated unsecured obligation of such Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any such Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes or the Guarantees to reflect any such subsequent Guarantee. Nothing in this covenant shall be construed to permit any Subsidiary of the Company to incur Indebtedness otherwise prohibited by the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company's assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless: (i) either (1) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation or (2) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the "Surviving Entity") (x) shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes, the Supplemented Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed, as the case may be; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i) (2) (y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, (1) shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or 91 greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction and (2) (x) shall be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the "--Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant or (y) in the case of a merger or consolidation with Holdings, shall have a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio equal to or greater than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (iii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i) (2) (y) above (including, without limitation, giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (iv) the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Trustee an officer's certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of the Supplemented Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Supplemented Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. The Supplemented Indenture provides that upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing, in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Supplemented Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such. Each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and the Indenture in connection with any transaction complying with the provisions of the Indenture described under "--Limitation on Asset Sales") will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with or into any Person other than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary unless: (a) the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (b) such entity assumes by execution of a supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee: (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of clause (ii) of the first paragraph of this covenant. Any merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company (with the Company being the surviving entity) or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary need only comply with clause (iv) (and not clauses (i), (ii) or (iii)) of the first paragraph of this covenant. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including. without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each an "Affiliate Transaction"), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that might reasonably have been obtained or are obtainable in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. All Affiliate Transactions (and each series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $2.0 million shall be approved by the Board of 92 Directors of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, such approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that such Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the foregoing provisions. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company enters into an Affiliate Transaction (or a series of related Affiliate Transactions related to a common plan) involving aggregate payments or other property with a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million, the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view, from an Independent Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee. (b) The restrictions set forth in clause (a) shall not apply to (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors or senior management; (ii) transactions between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or between or among such Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Supplemented Indenture; (iii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and (iv) Restricted Payments permitted by the Supplemented Indenture. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries transfers or causes to be transferred, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, any property aggregating more than $50,000 to any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, or if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall organize, acquire or otherwise invest in another Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, then such transferee or acquired or other Subsidiary shall (a) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Supplemented Indenture on the terms set forth in the Supplemented Indenture and (b) deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel stating that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary; except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) provided, however that any Subsidiary acquired on or after the Issue Date which is prohibited from entering into a Guarantee pursuant to restrictions contained in any debt instrument or other agreement in existence at the time such Subsidiary was so acquired and was not entered into in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor so long as any such restriction is in existence and to the extent of such restriction. After the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, such Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes of the Supplemented Indenture. Conduct of Business. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses other than the businesses in which the Company is engaged on the Issue Date and any businesses reasonably related or complementary thereto (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) provided, however, that the Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business related to insurance other than as an insurance broker in which case without the incurrence of any underwriting risk. Reports to Holders. The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after the filing of the same with the Commission, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the Commission, to the extent permitted, and provide the Trustee and the Holders with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company will also comply with the other provisions of 314(a) of the TIA. 93 EVENTS OF DEFAULT The following events are defined in the Indenture as "Events of Default:" (i) the failure to pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Supplemented Indenture); (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon acceleration, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Supplemented Indenture); (iii) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Supplemented Indenture which default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to the "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets" covenant, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and such failure continues for a period of 20 days or more, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 20 days of receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration) if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, in each case with respect to which the 20-day period described above has passed, aggregates $10.0 million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and nonappealable; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; and (vii) any of the Guarantees of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary cease to be in full force and effect or any such Guarantees are declared to be null and void or invalid and unenforceable or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors denies or disaffirms its liability under its Guarantees (other than by reason of release of a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Supplemented Indenture). If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a "notice of acceleration" (the "Acceleration Notice"), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement or 5 business days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. If an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above occurs and is continuing with respect to the Company, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Supplemented Indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of 94 such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (v) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the Supplemented Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Supplemented Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Supplemented Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of the Supplemented Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Supplemented Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the Supplemented Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Under the Supplemented Indenture, the Company is required to provide an officers' certificate to the Trustee promptly upon any such officer obtaining knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (provided that such officers shall provide such certification at least annually whether or not they know of any Default or Event of Default) that has occurred and, if applicable, describe such Default or Event of Default and the status thereof. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the corresponding obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for (i) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments, (iii) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Supplemented Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Supplemented Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization and insolvency events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in United States dollars, non-callable United States government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonable acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the Supplemented Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the 95 effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; provided, however, such opinion of counsel will not be required if all the Notes will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes); (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Supplemented Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; (viii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; and (ix) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE The Supplemented Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when (i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) the Company has paid all other sums payable under the Supplemented Indenture by the Company; and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the Supplemented Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Supplemented Indenture have been complied with. MODIFICATION OF THE SUPPLEMENTED INDENTURE From time to time, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, may amend the Supplemented Indenture for certain specified purposes, including curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, so long as such change does not, in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights of any of the Holders in any material respect. In formulating its opinion on such matters, the Trustee will be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an opinion of counsel. Other modifications, waivers and amendments of the Supplemented Indenture may be made with the 96 consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under the Supplemented Indenture, except that, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, no amendment or waiver may: (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes; (iii) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or repurchase, or reduce the redemption or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; (v) make any change in provisions of the Supplemented Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; (vi) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; (vii) modify or change any provision of the Supplemented Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders in any material respect; or (viii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the Supplemented Indenture other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemented Indenture. GOVERNING LAW The Supplemented Indenture provides that it, the Notes and the Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. THE TRUSTEE The Supplemented Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Supplemented Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it by the Supplemented Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent man or woman would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. The Supplemented Indenture and the provisions of the TIA contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, to obtain payments of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject to the TIA, the Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Supplemented Indenture. Reference is made to the Supplemented Indenture for the full definition of all such terms, as well as any other terms used herein for which no definition is provided. "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or at the time it merges or consolidates with such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, and in each case not incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary of such Person or such acquisition, merger or consolidation. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of 97 the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative of the foregoing. "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business. "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company of (a) any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (i) any transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $3.0 million in any consecutive 12-month period, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets" or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (iii) disposals or replacements of obsolete or outdated equipment in the ordinary course of business, (iv) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse (other than recourse for a breach of a representation or warranty), of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction, and (v) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary of assets or property to one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted under the "Limitations on Restricted Payments" covenant. "ATC" means ATC Group Services Inc., a Delaware corporation. "Board of Directors" means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof. "Board Resolution" means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. "Capital Stock" means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person. "Cash Equivalents" means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation 98 ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (v) above. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture), other than to a Permitted Holder or a Group controlled by a Permitted Holder; (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Supplemented Indenture); (iii) (x) prior to the Initial Public Equity Offering, any Person or Group other than a Permitted Holder or a Group controlled by a Permitted Holder shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing a percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company ("Voting Power") greater than the percentage of Voting Power owned by a Permitted Holder (y) prior to the Initial Public Equity Offering, the percentage of Voting Power owned by Permitted Holders is less than 40% or (z) after the Initial Public Equity Offering, any Person or Group other than a Person or Group controlled by a Permitted Holder owns, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, shares representing more than 35% Voting Power; or (iv) the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company on the Issue Date, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved. "Common Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person's common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock. "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (i) Consolidated Net Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby, (A) all income taxes of such Person and its Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period (other than income taxes attributable to extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains or losses or taxes attributable to sales or dispositions outside the ordinary course of business), (B) Consolidated Interest Expense and (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the "Four Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, "Consolidated EBITDA" and "Consolidated Fixed Charges" shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to working 99 capital facilities, occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and (ii) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any Pro Forma Adjustments) (provided that such Consolidated EBITDA shall be included only to the extent includible pursuant to the definition of "Consolidated Net Income") attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. Furthermore, in calculating "Consolidated Fixed Charges" for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio," (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (ii) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated federal, state and local tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal. "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication: (i) the aggregate of the interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including without limitation, (a) any amortization of debt discount, (b) the net costs under Interest Swap Obligations, (c) all capitalized interest and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; and (ii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, minus amortization or write off of deferred financing costs. "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains (and losses) on an after-tax effected basis from Asset Sales (without regard to the $3 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto, (b) items classified as extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses (including, without limitation, restructuring costs related to facilities and/or operating line closings) on an after tax- effected basis, (c) the net income or loss of any Person acquired in a "pooling of interests" transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged or consolidated with the referent Person or any Subsidiary of the referent Person, (d) the net income (but not loss) of any Subsidiary of 100 the referent Person to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is restricted by a contract, operation of law or otherwise, (e) the net income or loss of any other Person, other than a Subsidiary of the referent Person, except to the extent (in the case of net income) of cash dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person, or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the referent Person, by such other Person, (f) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve of an extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual nature, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date, (g) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued), (h) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent Person's assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets and (i) any amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs. "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) amounts attributable to Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person. "Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate (A) depreciation, (B) amortization, (C) LIFO charges, (D) the amount of any restructuring reserve or charge, and (E) other non-cash charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding for purposes of clause (C) any such charges which require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated as of January 29, 1998 among the Company, Holdings, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bankers Trust Company, as agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values. "Default" means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and (ii) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $2.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" or "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. "Disqualified Capital Stock" means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (other than as a result of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes. 101 "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. "fair market value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm's-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company. "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of a country or jurisdiction other than the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the Issue Date. "Guarantee" means the guarantee of the Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors. "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of, (x) all monetary obligations (including guarantees thereof) of every nature of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities, (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (including guarantees thereof) and (z) all obligations (including guarantees thereof) under Currency Agreements, in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" shall not include (i) any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of such Subsidiary Guarantor or any of such Affiliate's Subsidiaries, (ii) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation), (iii) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services, (iv) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock, (v) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Subsidiary Guarantor, (vi) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Supplemented Indenture provisions set forth under "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness," (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (vi) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of the Indenture), (vii) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code is without recourse to such Subsidiary Guarantor and (viii) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor. 102 "Holder" means any holder of Notes. "Holdings" means Acquisition Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (iv) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), (v) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction, (vi) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above and clause (viii) below, (vii) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above which are secured by any lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured, (viii) all Obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Agreements of such Person and (ix) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company of such Disqualified Capital Stock. "Independent Financial Advisor" means a firm (i) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Company and (ii) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. "Initial Public Equity Offering" means the first Public Equity Offering to occur after the Issue Date. "Interest Swap Obligations" means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. "Investment" means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. "Investment" shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. For the purposes of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant, the amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additional Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment, reduced by the payment of dividends or distributions in connection with such Investment or any other amounts received in respect of such Investment; provided, however, that no such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such other amounts shall reduce the amount of any Investment to the extent such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such amounts would be included in Consolidated Net Income. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company 103 sells or otherwise disposes of any Common Stock of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, the Company no longer owns, directly or indirectly, greater than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of such Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of such former Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. "Issue Date" means January 29, 1998. "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). "Merger" means the merger of Acquisition Corp. into ATC, with ATC as the surviving corporation pursuant to and in accordance with the Merger Agreement. "Merger Agreement" means the Merger Agreement dated as of November 26, 1997 among Acquisition Corp., Holdings and ATC pursuant to which Acquisition Corp. was merged into and with ATC, as amended and in effect on the Issue Date. "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of (a) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) repayment of Indebtedness that is required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale and (d) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale. "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. "Permitted Holder" means any of Weiss, Peck & Greer, L.L.C. and its Affiliates. "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication, each of the following: (i) Indebtedness under the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Guarantees outstanding on the Issue Date or entered into thereafter in accordance with the Indenture; (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the sum of the aggregate commitments pursuant to the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue date (A) less the amount of all mandatory principal payments actually made in respect of the term loan thereunder and (B) reduced by any required repayments (which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction) thereunder, in each case, actually effected in satisfaction of the Net Cash Proceeds requirement described under "Certain Covenants--Limitation on Asset Sales" (it being recognized that a reduction in any borrowing base thereunder in and of itself shall not be deemed a required permanent repayment); (iii) Interest Swap Obligations covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the Supplemented Indenture to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates; 104 (iv) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided, however, that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; (v) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, in each case subject to no Liens held by any Person other than the Company, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or the lenders under the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that if as of any date any Person other than the Company, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or the lenders under the Credit Agreement owns or holds any such Indebtedness or holds a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness by the Company of such Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted under the Supplemented Indenture; (vi) Indebtedness of the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company for so long as such Indebtedness is held by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or the lenders under the Credit Agreement, in each case subject to no Lien other than under the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that (a) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company's obligations under the Supplemented Indenture and the Notes and (b) if as of any date any Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company or the lenders under the Credit Agreement owns or holds any such Indebtedness or a Lien in respect of such Indebtedness, such date shall be deemed the incurrence of Indebtedness not constituting Permitted Indebtedness by the Company unless such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted under the Supplemented Indenture; (vii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of incurrence; (viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in order to provide security for workers' compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business; (ix) Existing Indebtedness (including Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Notes issued on the Issue Date) outstanding on the Issue Date; (x) additional Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; (xi) Refinancing Indebtedness; (xii) Indebtedness permitted by clause (x) of the definition of "Permitted Investments"; (xiii) guarantees of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under the Supplemented Indenture, provided that in the case of a guarantee by a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary complies with the "Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness" covenant to the extent applicable; and (xiv) additional Indebtedness in the form of Seller Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding. "Permitted Investments" means (i) Investments by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any Person that is or will become immediately after such Investment a Subsidiary of the Company or that will merge or consolidate into the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) Investments in the Company by any Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that any Indebtedness evidencing such Investment by a Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is unsecured and subordinated, pursuant to a written agreement, to the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Supplemented Indenture; (iii) Investments in cash and Cash 105 Equivalents; (iv) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $500,000 at any one time outstanding; (v) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company's or its Subsidiaries' businesses and otherwise in compliance with the Supplemented Indenture; (vi) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (vii) Investments made by the Company or its Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant; (viii) Investments existing on the Issue Date and (ix) guarantees of Indebtedness otherwise permitted under the Supplemented Indenture, provided that in the case of a guarantee by a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary complies with the "Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness" covenant to the extent applicable; and (x) additional Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures in businesses reasonably related or complementary to those of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) in an aggregate amount for all such Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) not to exceed $4.0 million. "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens: (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee in its capacity as trustee for the Holders; (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; (iii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; (iv) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; (v) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (vi) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; (vii) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (viii) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets which is not leased property subject to such Capitalized Lease Obligation; (ix) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that (A) the related Purchase Money Indebtedness shall not exceed the cost of such property or assets and shall not be secured by any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and assets so acquired, constructed or improved and (B) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be created within 90 days of such acquisition, construction or improvement; (x) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (xi) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 106 (xii) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; (xiii) Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the Supplemented Indenture; (xiv) Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; (xv) any lease or sublease not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (xvi) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant; provided, however, that (A) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of, the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and (B) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. "Preferred Stock" of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. "Pro Forma Adjustments" shall mean pro forma adjustments calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect on the Issue Date, plus the following detailed adjustments that may be made in regard to businesses acquired or to be acquired (in either case, the "target"), whether before or after the Issue Date: (i) adjustments to revenues to reflect customers not likely to be retained; (ii) adjustments to labor and other direct costs to reflect application of the Company's utilization rate (the billable hours of the Company's employees divided by such employees' available hours) to the target and to reflect the additional costs or savings, as the case may be, from the continued use or elimination of outside laboratory and technical personnel utilized by the target company; (iii) adjustments to reflect home office functions of the target such as accounting, payroll and legal that will be provided by the Company, including any adjustments to eliminate outside professional services if such functions are to be assumed by then existing Company personnel; (iv) adjustments with respect to savings that will be realized by including the target under the Company's insurance coverage and adjustments to reflect the costs, if any, of transferring or terminating duplicate insurance policies of the target; (v) adjustments to reflect savings associated with the elimination of duplicate facilities and adjustments to reflect costs associated with such elimination (such as lease termination costs, moving and storage, etc.); (vi) adjustments to employee benefit costs to reflect the Company's actual employee benefit cost structure, to the extent the target's employee benefits will be replaced with the Company's employee benefits; (vii) adjustments to reflect the actual impact of the departure or retention of highly compensated executives of the target (including elimination of compensation, benefits and revenues attributable to such executives, if departing, and any increases to compensation or benefits for such executives continuing); 107 (viii) interest expense adjustments to reflect refinancing of existing debt or increases in borrowings used to effect acquisition of the target; and (ix) adjustments to replace the target's then-current goodwill depreciation and amortization with such amounts as are derived from the application to the target of purchase accounting, if applicable, under GAAP. "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock or common equity of the Company or any other Person that directly or indirectly owns 100% of the common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to finance the cost (including the cost of acquisition, construction or improvements) of property or assets acquired in the normal course of business by the Person incurring such Indebtedness. "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock. "Refinance" means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings. "Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Refinancing by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness with respect to letters of credit) incurred in accordance with the "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness" covenant (other than pursuant to clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (x), (xi), (xii) or (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness), in each case that does not (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of such Person as of the date of such proposed Refinancing, plus the amount of any interest and premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and plus the amount of reasonable fees and expenses (including additional premiums that may be required to effect such Refinancing, limited to 5.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness being Refinanced) incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with such Refinancing, except to the extent that any such increase in Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by the Supplemented Indenture or (2) create Indebtedness with (A) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (B) a final maturity earlier than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided, however, that (x) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness of the Company, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness solely of the Company and (y) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced. "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser. "Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness; provided, however, that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Indebtedness lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Indebtedness in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness. "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property. "Seller Notes" means notes issued by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to a seller in connection with an Asset Acquisition; such notes may be Senior Indebtedness. 108 "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness" shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of, (x) all monetary obligations (including guarantees thereof) of every nature of the Company under the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities, (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (including guarantees thereof) and (z) all obligations (including guarantees) under Currency Agreements, in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness" shall not include (i) any Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any of such Affiliate's Subsidiaries, (ii) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation) but excluding Indebtedness in the original aggregate principal amount of up to Two Million Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,650,000) issued to the former shareholders of Bing Yen & Associates, a California corporation, in connection with the acquisition by ATC of all of the issued and outstanding shares of said corporation, (iii) Indebtedness to trade creditors and other amounts incurred in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services, (iv) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock, (v) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (vi) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Supplemented Indenture provisions set forth under "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness," (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (vi) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of the Supplemented Indenture), (vii) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code is without recourse to the Company, (viii) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, and (ix) any Indebtedness of ATC and its Subsidiaries until consummation of the Merger and assumption by ATC of all Obligations under the Indenture (including execution of the Guarantees by the Subsidiary Guarantors); "Significant Subsidiary" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. "Subsidiary Guarantor" means individually and collectively, (i) each of the Company's Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date other than the Foreign Subsidiaries and (ii) each of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries that in the future executes a supplemental indenture in which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of the Supplemented Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor; (iii) any Subsidiary, whether formed or acquired after the Issue Date, that guarantees any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date which is prohibited from entering into a Guarantee pursuant to restrictions contained in any debt instrument in existence at the time such Subsidiary was so acquired and not 109 entered into in anticipation or contemplation of such acquisition shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor so long as any such restriction is in existence and to the extent of any such restriction; provided, further, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantee of the outstanding Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement and the pledge by it, directly or indirectly, of any of its assets as security for such Indebtedness at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor and, from and after such date, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall cease to constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor provided, however, that any Person constituting a Subsidiary Guarantor as described above shall cease to constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor when its Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of the Supplemented Indenture. "Tax Sharing Agreement" means any tax sharing agreement between the Company and Holdings or any other Person with which the Company is required to, or is permitted to, file a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is or could be part of a consolidated group for tax purposes. "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person of which all the outstanding voting securities normally entitled to vote in the election of directors are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person (other than directors qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law). 110 BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Private Notes currently represented by one or more fully registered global notes will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates in definitive, fully registered form (the "Global Notes"). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Except as set forth below, The Global Notes may be transferred in whole and not in part only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Private Notes will be issued in registered, certificated form without interest coupons. The Global Notes. The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the Global Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount of Notes of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the Supplemented Indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Supplemented Indenture with respect to the Notes. Payments of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor the Trustee or any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest. The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Global Notes, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants. Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC's same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of Exchange Notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Supplemented Indenture, DTC will exchange the Global Notes for certificated securities, which it will distribute to its participants. DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and 111 facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly ("indirect participants"). Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations. Certificated Securities. If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days, certificated securities will be issued in exchange for the Global Notes. CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS EXCHANGE OFFER The exchange of the Private Notes for the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer should not be treated as a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Private Notes. Rather, the Exchange Notes received by any holder should be treated as a continuation of such holders investment in the Private Notes. As a result, there should be no material U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders exchanging the Private Notes for the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and such holders should have the same adjusted issue price, adjusted basis and holding period in the Exchange Notes as it had in the Private Notes immediately prior to the exchange. HOLDERS CONSIDERING THE EXCHANGE OF THE PRIVATE NOTES FOR EXCHANGE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS OF SUCH AN EXCHANGE. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of any Exchange Notes received in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities. Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for such Private Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Company has agreed that for a period of up to 45 days after the closing of the Exchange Offer, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any such broker-dealer that requests copies of this Prospectus in the Letter of Transmittal for use in connection with any such resale. None of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors will receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers or any other persons. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes, or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Private Notes acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making 112 or other trading activities and any broker-dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Company's performance of, or compliance with, the Registration Rights Agreement and will indemnify the holders of Private Notes (including any broker-dealers), and certain parties related to such holders, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. LEGAL MATTERS Chadbourne & Parke L.L.P, counsel to the Company will pass upon the validity of the Exchange Notes and certain U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the Exchange Notes. EXPERTS The Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and the related Consolidated Statements of Income, Shareholders' Equity and Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 28, 1995, February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 of the Company, and the financial statements for Bing Yen for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the financial statements for ATEC as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993 included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports, which are included herein and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The Environmental Warranty, Inc. financial statements and financial statement schedule, as of and for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report. The financial statements for the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation as of and for the year ended September 30, 1996 included in this Prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the division's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein. 113 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PAGE ---- ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES............................................ F-2 Independent Auditors' Consent Report and Report on Schedules........................ F-3 Consolidated Balance Sheets, February 28 (29), 1996 and 1997 and November 30, 1997 (unaudited)........................................................................ F-4 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended February 28, 1997 and the nine months ended November 30, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)....................................... F-5 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended February 28, 1997 and the nine months ended November 30, 1997 (unaudited).................................... F-6 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended February 28, 1997 and the nine months ended November 30, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited)................... F-7 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the three years ended February 28, 1997 and nine months ended November 30, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited).............. F-8 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION............................ F-30 (dba BCM ENGINEERS, INC.) Report of Independent Auditors...................................................... F-31 Balance Sheet, September 30, 1996................................................... F-32 Statement of Operations and Smith Equity Investment for the year ended September 30, 1996............................................................................... F-33 Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 1996....................... F-34 Notes to Financial Statements, September 30, 1996................................... F-35 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION........................................ F-41 Independent Auditors' Report........................................................ F-42 Consolidated Balance Sheets for December 31, 1995 and 1994.......................... F-43 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993......... F-44 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993..... F-45 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993......... F-46 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993..... F-47 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. ........................................................ F-55 Independent Auditors' Report........................................................ F-56 Balance Sheet, December 31, 1996.................................................... F-57 Statement of Operations and Retained Earnings for the year ended December 31, 1996.. F-58 Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1996........................ F-59 Notes to the Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 1996.............. F-60 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC......................................................... F-62 Report of Independent Public Accountants............................................ F-63 Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1996......................................... F-64 Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996................. F-65 Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996............................................................................... F-66 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996................. F-67 Notes to Financial Statements for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996............ F-68 Schedule of General and Administrative Expenses for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996........................................................................... F-73 F-1 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT F-2 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT Board of Directors and Stockholders ATC Group Services Inc. and Subsidiaries We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ATC Group Services Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ATC Group Services Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 28, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Omaha, Nebraska May 22, 1997 (May 29, 1997 as to Notes B and D) F-3 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS FEBRUARY 28 (29), 1996 AND 1997 AND NOVEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) NOVEMBER 30, 1996 1997 1997 ------------ ------------ ------------ (UNAUDITED) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents............. $ 13,469,443 $ 2,003,890 $ 5,839,819 Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts ($383,220 in 1996, $1,455,716 in 1997 and $2,464,031 at November 30, 1997) (Note K)............................. 14,161,774 34,406,026 42,507,431 Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts................ 2,333,835 5,191,569 9,291,883 Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................... 906,289 2,934,193 2,308,060 Deferred income taxes (Note H)........ 440,600 790,400 790,400 Refundable income taxes (Note H)...... -- 118,340 -- ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current assets................. 31,311,941 45,444,418 60,737,593 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net (Note C)... 3,606,755 3,784,633 5,633,719 GOODWILL, net of accumulated amortization ($453,646 in 1996, $1,478,876 in 1997 and $2,709,740 at November 30, 1997) (Note B)........... 11,375,399 35,587,076 48,340,578 COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE, net of accumulated amortization ($258,099 in 1996, $614,750 in 1997 and $557,207 at November 30, 1997) (Note B)........... 274,401 632,184 622,750 OTHER ASSETS........................... 116,104 845,346 2,210,275 ------------ ------------ ------------ $ 46,684,600 $ 86,293,657 $117,544,915 ============ ============ ============ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Short-term debt (Note D).............. $ 1,122,552 $ 300,000 $ 2,449,748 Current maturities of long-term debt (Note D)............................. 354,858 1,986,730 1,343,007 Accounts payable...................... 2,231,175 7,440,024 7,355,315 Income taxes payable (Note H)......... 42,500 -- 887,673 Accrued compensation.................. 1,421,330 3,789,233 5,832,039 Accrued payment obligations--ATEC acquisition (Note B)................. -- 1,721,594 1,748,500 Other accrued expenses................ 1,162,210 2,505,143 3,049,780 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current liabilities............ 6,334,625 17,742,724 22,666,062 LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities (Note D).............................. 361,944 22,123,344 42,153,196 OTHER LIABILITIES (Note E)............. 598,817 270,386 2,364,618 DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note H)......... 196,800 717,900 717,900 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total liabilities.................... 7,492,186 40,854,354 67,901,776 ------------ ------------ ------------ COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes B and E) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes B, D, F, and G): Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 7,796,577 shares in 1996, 7,800,187 shares in 1997 and 7,930,107 shares at November 30, 1997............................. 77,966 78,002 79,301 Additional paid-in capital............ 29,030,189 28,996,627 29,595,099 Notes receivable--common stock ....... (45,000) -- Retained earnings..................... 10,129,259 16,364,674 19,968,739 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total stockholders' equity........... 39,192,414 45,439,303 49,643,139 ------------ ------------ ------------ $ 46,684,600 $ 86,293,657 $117,544,915 ============ ============ ============ See notes to consolidated financial statements. F-4 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) NINE MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 (29), NOVEMBER 30, -------------------------------------- ------------------------- 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ (UNAUDITED) REVENUES................ $36,271,557 $44,964,897 $113,855,364 $83,416,851 $104,263,345 Reimbursable Costs..... 3,001,811 4,851,206 17,953,895 13,354,833 15,874,338 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ NET REVENUES............ 33,269,746 40,113,691 95,901,469 70,062,018 88,389,007 COST OF NET REVENUES.... 15,353,682 19,663,968 53,750,707 38,962,629 47,940,544 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ Gross Profit........ 17,916,064 20,449,723 42,150,762 31,099,389 40,448,463 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ OPERATING EXPENSES: Selling................ 1,105,937 1,513,222 3,118,926 2,180,498 3,226,393 General and administrative........ 10,996,709 12,850,874 26,299,172 18,779,916 28,077,190 Provision for bad debts................. 188,819 290,165 1,021,631 624,981 1,160,529 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ 12,291,465 14,654,261 30,439,729 21,585,395 32,464,112 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ Operating Income.... 5,624,599 5,795,462 11,711,033 9,513,994 7,984,351 NON-OPERATING EXPENSE (INCOME): Interest expense....... 285,570 376,621 1,569,043 1,080,217 2,163,548 Interest income........ (34,073) (272,463) (230,610) (221,115) (164,864) Other.................. 72,582 20,306 (25,134) (36,182) (44,398) ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ 324,079 124,464 1,313,299 822,920 1,954,286 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ Income before income taxes.............. 5,300,520 5,670,998 10,397,734 8,691,074 6,030,065 INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note H)..................... 2,044,000 1,805,000 4,090,000 3,365,000 2,426,000 ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ------------ NET INCOME.............. $ 3,256,520 $ 3,865,998 $ 6,307,734 $ 5,326,074 $ 3,604,065 =========== =========== ============ =========== ============ EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE AND DILUTIVE COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE: Primary (Note H)....... $ .57 $ .54 $ .74 $ .62 $ .42 =========== =========== ============ =========== ============ Fully diluted (Note H). $ .56 $ .54 $ .74 $ .62 $ .42 =========== =========== ============ =========== ============ WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING: Primary................ 5,753,856 7,181,416 8,483,387 8,537,271 8,503,018 =========== =========== ============ =========== ============ Fully diluted.......... 5,850,233 7,181,416 8,508,061 8,570,170 8,548,252 =========== =========== ============ =========== ============ See notes to consolidated financial statements. F-5 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) COMMON STOCK ------------ NOTES ADDITIONAL RECEIVABLE- PAID-IN COMMON RETAINED SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL STOCK EARNINGS TOTAL --------- ------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, February 28, 1994................... 5,303,352 $53,034 $ 4,610,860 $(34,250) $ 3,029,841 $ 7,659,485 Sale of common stock at $1.87 to $5.00 per share, upon exercise of stock options and warrants............... 16,980 170 51,354 -- -- 51,524 Sale of common stock at $8.00 per share, upon exercise of Class B common stock purchase warrants...... 284,803 2,848 2,275,576 -- -- 2,278,424 Issuance of common stock in connection with the purchase of Con-Test, Inc.................... 116,556 1,165 491,740 -- -- 492,905 Issuance of common stock in connection with the purchase of R.E. Blattert & Associates.. 16,327 163 112,340 -- -- 112,503 Other capital transactions........... -- -- (57,417) 19,250 -- (38,167) Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 3,256,520 3,256,520 --------- ------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, February 28, 1995................... 5,738,018 57,380 7,484,453 (15,000) 6,286,361 13,813,194 Issuance of common stock in public offering at $12.00 per share less expenses............... 1,970,000 19,700 21,534,761 -- -- 21,554,461 Sale of common stock at $1.83 to $10.50 per share, upon exercise of stock options and warrants... 39,613 396 100,223 -- -- 100,619 Net issuance of common stock and adjustments in connection with the merger of Aurora Environmental Inc. into ATC (Note B)........... 83,356 834 60,283 (30,000) -- 31,117 Common stock recovered in connection with the Con-Test, Inc. acquisition (Note B)... (33,130) (331) (139,682) -- -- (140,013) Other capital transactions........... (1,280) (13) (9,849) -- (23,100) (32,962) Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 3,865,998 3,865,998 --------- ------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, February 29, 1996................... 7,796,577 77,966 29,030,189 (45,000) 10,129,259 39,192,414 Sale of common stock at $1.85 to $10.00 per share, upon exercise of stock options and warrants... 15,930 159 74,998 -- -- 75,157 Common stock received as consideration for sale of assets.............. (12,320) (123) (51,990) -- (72,319) (124,432) Other capital transactions........... -- -- (56,570) 45,000 -- (11,570) Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 6,307,734 6,307,734 --------- ------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, February 28, 1997................... 7,800,187 78,002 28,996,627 -- 16,364,674 45,439,303 Sale of common stock at $1.88 to $10.00 per share, upon exercise of stock options and warrants... 96,920 969 288,973 -- -- 289,942 Issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc...... 33,000 330 364,733 -- -- 365,063 Continuing registration costs applied against additional paid-in cap- ital................... -- -- (55,234) -- -- (55,234) Net income.............. -- -- -- -- 3,604,065 3,604,065 --------- ------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, November 30, 1997................... 7,930,107 $79,301 $29,595,099 $ -- $19,968,739 $49,643,139 ========= ======= =========== ======== =========== =========== See notes to consolidated financial statements. F-6 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30 -------------------------- 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ (UNAUDITED) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income............ $3,256,520 $ 3,865,998 $ 6,307,734 $ 5,326,074 $ 3,604,065 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities: Depreciation and leasehold amortization......... 707,318 776,917 882,803 642,779 888,629 Amortization of goodwill and covenants............ 212,320 437,254 1,216,008 887,305 1,392,196 Provision for bad debts................ 188,819 290,165 1,021,631 624,981 1,160,529 Deferred income taxes. 23,500 (191,700) 171,300 -- -- Other................. (57,258) (132,700) (143,981) (130,586) (2,230,058) Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired in acquisitions: Receivables.......... (348,459) (4,168,658) (3,861,601) (5,400,578) (2,725,157) Prepaid expenses and other assets........ (22,269) (434,890) (143,679) (448,876) 1,990,786 Accounts payable and other liabilities... 72,615 (1,199,278) (12,210,762) (7,316,178) (6,513,985) Income taxes refundable/payable.. (1,002,403) (85,750) 75,858 225,455 887,673 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash flows from operating activities......... 3,030,703 (842,642) (6,684,689) (5,589,624) (1,545,322) ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of BCM Engineers, Inc....... -- -- -- -- (5,425,539) Purchase of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc., net of cash acquired..... -- -- -- -- (2,093,122) Purchase of Environmental Warranty, Inc., net of cash acquired..... -- -- -- -- 19,350 Purchase of American Testing and Engineering Corp., net of cash acquired. -- -- (8,965,952) (8,965,952) (2,420,766) Purchase of 3D Information Services, Inc., net of cash acquired............. -- -- (2,926,681) (2,926,681) -- Purchase of Hill Businesses........... -- (2,517,949) -- -- -- Purchase of Applied Geosciences, Inc..... -- (589,060) (22,324) -- -- Purchase of Con-Test, Inc., net of cash acquired............. (2,230,551) (169,038) -- -- -- Purchase of BSE Management, Inc.-- contingent consideration........ (887,325) (207,990) -- -- -- Purchase of Microbial Environmental Services, Inc........ (250,000) (45,307) -- -- -- Purchase of R.E. Blattert & Associates, net of cash acquired........ (9,541) (134,376) -- -- -- Purchase of property and equipment........ (756,444) (946,206) (1,285,695) (1,123,416) (1,502,618) Other................. 34,049 22,987 56,328 (1,353) 91,887 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash flows from investing activities......... (4,099,812) (4,586,939) (13,144,324) (13,017,402) (11,330,808) ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses.......... 2,329,948 21,655,080 75,157 69,338 289,942 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and notes payable........ 1,580,318 2,585,125 22,270,297 21,403,572 41,100,000 Principal payments on long-term debt, including capital lease obligations.... (2,800,767) (6,663,581) (13,925,424) (13,592,048) (24,622,649) Other capital transactions......... (57,417) (55,462) (56,570) (28,570) (55,234) ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash flows from financing activities......... 1,052,082 17,521,162 8,363,460 7,852,292 16,712,059 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net change in cash and cash equivalents........ (17,027) 12,091,581 (11,465,553) 10,754,734 3,835,929 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of year............... 1,394,889 1,377,862 13,469,443 13,469,443 2,003,890 ---------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, End of year.................. $1,377,862 $13,469,443 $ 2,003,890 $ 2,714,709 $ 5,839,819 ========== =========== =========== ============ ============ SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash payments for: Interest.............. $ 276,658 $ 374,466 $ 1,515,432 $ 967,711 $ 744,534 Income taxes.......... $3,023,000 $ 2,077,000 $ 4,062,000 $ 3,139,546 $ 1,753,267 See notes to consolidated financial statements. F-7 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) A. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES PRINCIPALS OF CONSOLIDATION--The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ATC Group Services Inc. (formerly ATC Environmental Inc.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries ATC New England Corp., ATC Blattert Inc., Hygeia Laboratories Inc., ATC Management Inc. and ATC InSys Technology Inc. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows for the periods presented herein. These results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year due to certain seasonality factors and the effects and timing of large service projects. NATURE OF BUSINESS--ATC Group Services Inc. and its subsidiaries ("ATC" or the "Company") is a national business services firm providing technical and project management services relating to environmental consulting (the "environmental consulting and engineering" segment) and information technology consulting services (the "information technology consulting" segment). The Company's environmental consulting and engineering segment provides environmental and geotechnical engineering services, architectural engineering services, construction materials testing and analytical testing. The Company's information technology consulting segment provides analysis and design services and system programming services to assist clients in building new or modifying existing computer systems. This business unit also provides support to clients in maintaining computer systems. SENIOR SECURED NOTES--On May 29, 1997, the Company issued $32,500,000 of 8.18% Senior Secured Notes due in annual installments beginning May, 2000, through May, 2004, to a group of financial institutions. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually on May 31, and November 30, commencing on November 30, 1997. The Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by accounts receivable, work-in-process, intangible assets and the Company's primary depository accounts. The proceeds from the Senior Secured Notes have in part been utilized to repay the Company's outstanding bridge credit facility. Accordingly, at February 28, 1997, the Company classified its $ 20,850,000 outstanding bridge credit facility as long-term debt. The bridge facility was entered into in May, 1996, to provide capital in connection with the Company's acquisition of American Testing and Engineering Corporation and 3D Information Services, Inc. BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT--In connection with the Senior Secured Note offering, the Company executed a credit agreement with the Chase Manhattan Bank and Atlantic Bank of New York. The credit agreement provides for a $15,000,000 revolving line of credit maturing on November 30, 1999. The borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by the Company's cash, accounts receivable, work in process, and intangible assets on a pari passu basis with the Senior Secured Note holders. Under the terms of the Note and Credit Agreements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial and business covenants including maintaining minimum working capital levels, fixed charge and interest ratios and restrictions on dividend payments. REVENUE RECOGNITION--The Company generally contracts for services to customers on the basis of a fixed fee per procedure or services performed. Revenue is recognized as services are performed in accordance with the terms of the contract. COSTS IN EXCESS OF BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS--Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts represent unbilled services and reimbursable expenses associated with ongoing projects. F-8 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER--In fiscal 1997 there were no revenues from a single customer exceeding 5%. In fiscal 1996 and 1995, revenues from a single customer comprised approximately 6.0% and 10.6% of total revenues, respectively. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on either the straight-line or declining balance method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows: Office equipment........................................ 5 years Transportation equipment ............................... 4-5 years Laboratory and field equipment.......................... 5-7 years Leasehold improvements.................................. life of the lease AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS--Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in the Company's acquisitions, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a 30 year period. The carrying value of goodwill is periodically evaluated on the basis of management's estimates of future undiscounted operating income associated with the acquired businesses. The covenants not to compete are being amortized over the terms of the agreements, which are 1 to 7 year periods. STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 121--On March 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements. INCOME TAXES--ATC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries file a consolidated income tax return. The liability method is used to measure deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between financial and taxable income existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates. CREDIT RISK AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS--Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily temporary investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its temporary investments in highly rated financial institutions and investment grade short-term debt instruments. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers, the proportion of receivables from governmental entities, generally short payment terms and dispersion across geographic areas. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS--Fair values of financial instruments have been estimated based on market prices of similar instruments and/or valuation techniques using market assumptions. The Company assumes that the carrying amount of short-term financial instruments approximates their fair value. For these purposes, short-term is defined as any item that matures or represents a cash transaction between willing parties within six months or less of the measurement date. Unless otherwise noted, the carry value of financial instruments approximates fair value. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE AND DILUTIVE COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE--Earnings per common share and dilutive common equivalent share have been computed by using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Outstanding dilutive stock warrants and stock options are included in the computation of weighted average number of shares. F-9 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. SFAS No. 128, which becomes effective for financial statements of the Company issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 1997, replaces primary and fully diluted earnings per share, as disclosed under current pronouncements, with basic and diluted earnings per share. Pro forma basic earnings per share for the fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997 are $.59, $.59 and $.81, respectively. Pro forma diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997 are $.57, $.54 and $.74, respectively. Pro forma basic earnings per share for the nine months ended November 30, 1996 and 1997 are $.68 and $.46, respectively. Pro forma diluted earnings per share for the nine months ended November 30, 1996 and 1997 are $.65 and $.44, respectively. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS--For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all commercial paper, money market funds and certificates of deposit purchased with a maturity of three months or less at acquisition to be cash equivalents. USE OF ESTIMATES--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS--In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 125, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, which established accounting and reporting standards for such transfers. The Company intends to adopt SFAS No. 125 effective March 1, 1997, as required. Management anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No. 125 will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations. RECLASSIFICATIONS--Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' financial statements to conform to the current year's presentation. B. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND MERGER BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS--The following acquisitions have been accounted for as purchases. The acquired company's assets and liabilities are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at fair value at the date of purchase. The acquired company's operations subsequent to the acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Fiscal 1998 (Unaudited) Bing Yen & Associates, Inc.--On November 26, 1997 ATC purchased all of the outstanding stock of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. ("Bing Yen"). Bing Yen provides geotechnical and structural forensic services to a wide variety of clients in the western United States and is located in Tustin, California. F-10 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration: Amounts paid to seller: Cash........................................................... $2,200,000 Note payable at 8% due January 2, 1998......................... 550,000 Notes payable at 8% due in three annual installments commencing January 1999.................................................. 1,150,000 ---------- 3,900,000 Liabilities assumed: Current liabilities............................................ 313,254 Direct expenses of transaction................................... 50,000 ---------- $4,263,254 ========== In addition, a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 in unsecured contingent achievement promissory notes will be issued if certain minimum net revenue levels are achieved, resulting in a maximum total consideration to seller of $5,400,000. The notes payable of $1,150,000 are subject to setoffs if actual net assets as of the closing date are below warranted amounts, for trade receivables not collected within one year of the closing date and under certain other specified conditions. The preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows: Cash............................................................. $ 163,680 Accounts receivable--net......................................... 2,292,191 Work in process.................................................. 5,122 Prepaid expense.................................................. 10,746 Property and equipment........................................... 142,241 Covenant not to compete.......................................... 50,000 Goodwill......................................................... 1,595,324 Other assets..................................................... 3,950 ---------- $4,263,254 ========== Environmental Warranty, Inc.--On November 4, 1997, ATC purchased 90.9% of the outstanding stock of Environmental Warranty, Inc. ("E.W.I."), a property and casualty insurance brokerage firm specializing in environmental insurance products. The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration: Amounts paid to sellers: Cash........................................................... $ 150,000 Notes payable, net of imputed interest at 8.0%................. 582,424 Payment commitments............................................ 275,000 ATC Common Stock (33,000 shares)............................... 365,062 ---------- 1,372,486 Liabilities assumed: Current liabilities............................................ 314,811 Direct expenses of transaction................................... 25,000 ---------- $1,712,297 ========== F-11 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The notes payable are due in three annual installments commencing November 1998 and are subject to certain setoffs. The payment commitments are also due in three installments commencing November 1999. ATC issued 33,000 shares of restricted common stock valued at 11 1/16 per share. The preliminary purchaser price allocation is as follows: Cash and equivalents............................................ $ 169,350 Receivables..................................................... 158,391 Prepaid and other current assets................................ 2,875 Property and other.............................................. 15,384 Goodwill........................................................ 1,366,297 ----------- $ 1,712,297 =========== BCM Engineers, Inc.--On August 20, 1997 ATC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the environmental consulting and engineering services division of the Smith Technology Corporation which operated primarily as BCM Engineers, Inc. ("BCM"). BCM is a leading municipal water and wastewater environmental engineering firm and provides services in water, resource management, environmental compliance and site investigations, remedial design and engineering, asbestos, and air quality management. BCM serves major industrial clients in the chemical, petrochemical, oil and gas manufacturing, water supply, commercial development and utilities industries from multiple locations in the east and Gulf Coast. The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration: Amounts paid to seller or to others on behalf of seller: Cash.......................................................... $ 5,425,539 Notes payable................................................. 2,950,000 Less note payable offset...................................... (200,000) Liabilities assumed: Current liabilities........................................... 2,833,665 Non current liabilities....................................... 1,356,151 Direct expenses related to acquisition.......................... 112,133 ----------- $12,477,488 =========== Notes payable includes a $200,000 note which became due September 20, 1997 and is subject to offset for reductions in net assets and for unrecorded liabilities arising through the closing date of the transaction. Based on the closing balance sheet provided by the Seller, the Company will offset the $200,000 in full. In addition, based on unrealized work in process warranted by the seller, an additional offset of $1,172,471 has been reflected as an offset to short term debt in the accompanying (unaudited) consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 1997. The preliminary purchase price allocation is summarized as follows: Accounts receivable, net of allowance........................... $ 4,710,960 Work in process................................................. 3,684,939 Other current assets............................................ 7,357 Other assets.................................................... 1,327,270 Covenants not to compete........................................ 100,000 Goodwill........................................................ 2,646,962 ----------- $12,477,488 =========== F-12 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) Fiscal 1997 American Testing and Engineering Corporation--On May 24, 1996 ATC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of American Testing and Engineering Corporation ("ATEC"), a national environmental consulting firm. ATEC provides environmental engineering and consulting services through a large network of branch and regional offices. At February 28, 1997, the Company was contingently liable to ATEC for additional purchase consideration up to $10,750,000 if certain conditions are met. At February 28, 1997, the maximum amounts payable, if fully earned, would be paid as follows: $3,883,333 in fiscal 1998, $3,873,333 in fiscal 1999, $1,293,334 in fiscal 2000 and $1,700,000 in fiscal 2002. Subsequent to February 28, 1997 the seller met the contingent consideration requirements obligating the Company to the fiscal 1998 amount. In addition, in connection with the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes on May 29 1997, as discussed in Note D, the Company and seller agreed to remove certain contingent consideration requirements, and as a result, the Company is obligated to pay $2,420,766 and expects to be obligated to pay the remaining contingent consideration of $2,745,900 in fiscal 1999. Additionally, the Company has the option to purchase certain properties from the seller for $1,700,000 in fiscal 2002. The purchase price as of February 28, 1997 and November 30, 1997 was comprised of the following consideration: FEBRUARY 27, 1997 NOVEMBER 30, 1997 ----------------- ----------------- (UNAUDITED) Amounts paid to seller and a majority owner: Cash................................. $ 9,000,000 $ 9,000,000 Payment obligations, for property and facility rentals and non-compete consideration........... 6,001,000 6,001,000 Contingent/additional consideration under amended purchase agreement...... -- 9,049,000 Liabilities assumed: Current liabilities.................. 15,731,076 15,731,076 Bank debt............................ 10,750,000 10,750,000 Direct expenses related to acquisition. 139,438 139,438 ----------- ----------- $41,621,514 $50,670,514 =========== =========== The purchase price allocation reflecting the additional consideration is summarized as follows: Accounts receivable and work in proc- ess, net of allowances................ $18,957,768 $18,957,768 Other Current assets................... 2,023,996 2,023,996 Other assets........................... 548,301 1,428,617 Covenants not to compete............... 430,000 430,000 Goodwill............................... 19,661,449 27,830,133 ----------- ----------- $41,621,514 $50,670,514 =========== =========== At February 28, 1997 the Company may set-off against certain payment obligations the amount of any uncollected accounts receivable and work in process, net of recorded allowances, not collected within one year from the purchase date. F-13 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) Nine Months Ended November 30, 1997 (Unaudited)--As a result of sellers warranties of purchased trade receivables and work in process that were not realized, the Company is entitled to set-offs of $618,835 against the option price to acquire certain properties in fiscal 2002. If the Company does not exercise its option, the set-offs will be refunded by the seller. Amounts are included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of November 30, 1997. In connection with the purchase agreement, the Company has issued an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $500,000 to secure the Company's performance of its payment obligations. The letter of credit is renewable by the seller until such time the Company has paid all of the purchase obligations in full. At February 28, 1997, no amounts had been drawn against the letter of credit. 3D Information Services, Inc.--On May 28, 1996, ATC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of 3D Information Services, Inc. ("3D"), a New Jersey based information services company providing technical information consulting services in all phases of information system design, development, maintenance and management in client server and mainframe based environments. The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration: Amounts paid to seller: Cash........................................................ $3,000,000 Note payable................................................ 2,500,000 Assumed liabilities........................................... 247,905 Direct expenses related to acquisition........................ 23,149 ---------- $5,771,054 ========== The initial purchase price allocation is summarized as follows: Accounts receivable........................................... $1,163,981 Work in process............................................... 279,047 Property and equipment........................................ 77,381 Other current assets.......................................... 77,560 Covenant not to compete....................................... 100,000 Goodwill ..................................................... 4,073,085 ---------- $5,771,054 ========== Fiscal 1996 Hill Businesses--In November 1995, ATC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Kaselaan & D'Angelo Associates, Inc., Hill Environmental, Inc. (formerly the environmental division of Gibbs & Hill, Inc.) and Particle Diagnostics, Inc., wholly owned subsidiaries of Hill International, Inc. (collectively the "Hill Businesses"). The Hill Businesses provide environmental consulting and engineering services, including asbestos management, industrial hygiene and indoor air quality consulting, environmental auditing and permitting, F-14 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) environmental regulatory compliance, water and wastewater engineering, solid waste landfill management and analytical laboratory services. The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration. Amounts paid to seller: Cash........................................................ $2,517,949 Letter of credit, net of imputed interest (Note E).......... 700,000 Note payable at 8.75% interest (Note E)..................... 300,000 Liabilities assumed........................................... 907,884 Direct expenses related to acquisition........................ 885,538 ---------- $5,311,371 ========== Direct expenses related to acquisition includes costs incurred in order to obtain proper title to the assets from Sellers bank as described further in Note E. In addition, the Company issued to certain selling shareholders, 50,000 stock options to purchase restricted common stock at $13.875 per share as consideration for non compete agreements. The purchase price allocation is summarized as follows: Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts, net of unrealizable amounts....................................... $ 620,000 Property and equipment...................................... 175,000 Other assets................................................ 30,572 Covenants not to compete.................................... 37,500 Goodwill.................................................... 4,448,299 ----------- $ 5,311,371 =========== The Company is contingently liable to reimburse up to $150,000 of certain facility lease costs if incurred by Hill International, Inc. The payment of the contingent liability, which the Seller claims is now due, certain other liabilities and the $300,000 note is being withheld pending the outcome of the litigation (Note E). Applied Geosciences, Inc.--Effective February 29, 1996, ATC purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Applied Geosciences, Inc. ("AGI"), a California based environmental consulting company having offices in San Diego, Tustin and San Jose, California. The purchase price was comprised of the following consideration. In addition, AGI will receive contingent consideration of up to $190,000 subject to actual collections of the purchased trade receivables in excess of a minimum amount established under the agreements. As of February 28, 1997 $22,324 of contingent consideration had been earned and paid. Cash to seller................................................. $ 147,546 Contingent consideration earned to date........................ 22,324 Cash to secured creditors of seller............................ 441,514 Liabilities assumed............................................ 225,538 Direct expenses related to acquisition......................... 31,246 --------- $ 868,168 ========= F-15 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The purchase price allocation is summarized as follows: Accounts receivable, net....................................... $ 474,973 Property and equipment......................................... 115,060 Covenants not to compete....................................... 30,000 Goodwill....................................................... 248,135 --------- $ 868,168 ========= Other Acquisitions Con-Test, Inc.--On October 1, 1994, ATC acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Con-Test, Inc. ("Con-Test"), a Massachusetts based environmental consulting company having branch offices in the New England states, New York and Pennsylvania. The seller guaranteed the net receivables purchased resulting in the Company reacquiring 33,130 shares of its restricted common stock in fiscal 1996. Effective March 31, 1996, the Company sold its East Longmeadow, MA laboratory, originally part of the operations acquired from Con-Test, back to the Seller in exchange for cash, 12,320 shares of the Company's restricted common stock, and the assumption of certain liabilities and facility lease obligations. The assets sold included property and equipment, leasehold improvements, and intangible assets including contract rights, accreditation rights, customer lists, and the use of the Con-Test business name and logo. R.E. Blattert & Associates--On January 13, 1995, ATC acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of R.E. Blattert & Associates ("R.E. Blattert"), an environmental consulting firm having geologic, environmental engineering and water resource expertise with offices in Indiana and Iowa. In addition, the purchase agreement provides for the seller to receive additional purchase consideration based on achieving agreed upon earnings targets. At February 28, 1997, $200,000 of additional purchase consideration had been earned and recorded as goodwill. The Company and Seller agreed to certain modifications to the purchase agreement which limits the contingent consideration to amounts earned through February 28, 1997. Microbial Environmental Services, Inc.--On January 4, 1995, ATC acquired certain operations of Microbial Environmental Services, Inc. ("MES"). ATC agreed to assume service performance obligations under certain contracts and a lease obligation of MES and MES assigned its accounts receivable to ATC. ATC additionally purchased certain field and laboratory equipment from MES and paid a finder's fee to an unrelated party. BSE Management, Inc.--In fiscal 1994, ATC acquired certain assets and liabilities of BSE Management, Inc. ("BSE"), a California based environmental consulting holding company and those of its subsidiaries, Diagnostic Environmental Inc., Hygeia Environmental Laboratories and The Environmental Institute Inc. The acquisition was accomplished by purchasing certain BSE assets at a foreclosure sale, acquiring certain BSE unsecured debt from its holder, entering into consulting and employment contracts and non-compete agreements with certain key BSE employees, and assuming specified liabilities of BSE. The purchase agreement provided for additional purchase consideration contingent upon future cash receipts of the ongoing business over five years. These contingent payments totaled $1,355,165 and have been fully earned as of February 29, 1996 and recorded as goodwill. AURORA ENVIRONMENTAL INC. MERGER--Effective June 29, 1995, ATC and Aurora Environmental Inc. ("Aurora") merged, with ATC as the surviving corporation. ATC exchanged .545 of a share of ATC common stock for each share of Aurora stock. ATC common shares held by Aurora of 3,258,000 were canceled. The merger has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Under this method of accounting, F-16 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) recorded assets and liabilities of Aurora were combined with ATC and the results of operations of ATC and Aurora were combined on the date the merger became effective. As a result of the merger, ATC utilized Aurora's net operating loss carryforward, which was $970,000 as of the date of the merger. In addition, ATC's liability to Aurora was canceled at the merger date. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)--The following unaudited pro forma information sets forth the results of operations of ATC as if the merger of Aurora and ATC's purchase of significant subsidiaries including ATEC, 3D and the Hill Businesses had occurred on March 1, 1995, the beginning of fiscal 1996. PRO FORMA ------------------------- YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28 (29) ------------------------- 1996 1997 ------------ ------------ Revenues............................... $149,025,093 $135,331,348 Net income............................. 9,796,788 7,432,906 Earnings per share (fully diluted)..... $ 1.33 $ .87 Weighted average shares................ 7,383,746 8,508,061 PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)--The following unaudited pro forma information sets forth the results of operations of ATC as if ATC's purchase of significant subsidiaries including ATEC and 3D had occurred on March 1, 1996: PRO FORMA ------------------------- NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, ------------------------- 1996 1997 ------------ ------------ Revenues............................... $101,538,984 $104,263,345 Net income............................. $ 6,223,528 $ 3,604,065 Earnings per share (fully diluted)..... $ .73 $ .42 Weighted average shares (fully diluted).............................. 8,570,170 8,548,252 C. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment as of February 28 (29) and November 30 (unaudited) consist of: NOVEMBER 1996 1997 30, 1997 ---------- ---------- ---------- Office equipment......................... $2,645,325 $3,339,049 $4,867,987 Laboratory and field equipment........... 3,528,410 3,335,721 3,949,395 Transportation equipment................. 267,304 207,857 542,139 Leasehold improvements................... 633,595 849,700 1,078,240 ---------- ---------- ---------- 7,074,634 7,732,327 10,437,761 Less accumulated depreciation............ 3,467,879 3,947,694 4,804,042 ---------- ---------- ---------- Property and equipment, net.............. $3,606,755 $3,784,633 $5,633,719 ========== ========== ========== D. DEBT AND CREDIT AGREEMENTS SHORT TERM DEBT--The February 28, 1997 balance consists of a 8.75%, $300,000 note payable issued in connection with the Company's purchase of the Hill Businesses. The Company has withheld payment on the note pending the outcome of the litigation with Hill as discussed in Note E. At February 29, 1996, the Company had short-term notes payable of $1,122,552 with interest rates of 6.7% to 8.75%. F-17 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) LONG-TERM DEBT--Long term debt as of February (28) 29 consists of : 1996 1997 -------- ----------- Borrowings from banks under the Company's $23,000,000 bridge credit facility. Interest is payable monthly (7.3% at February 28, 1997)............................. $ -- $20,850,000 Note payable issued in connection with the purchase of 3D Information Services, Inc. with a fixed interest rate of 8.25%. Interest and principal are payable quarterly through May, 1999............................. -- 1,931,193 Insurance premium financing obligation payable in fixed monthly installments of principal and interest through April, 1998. Interest accrues at 6.4%................... -- 781,188 Note payable issued in connection with the purchase of Con-Test, payable in three annual installments through September 30, 1997. Interest accrues at 8.5% and is payable quarterly....................................... 356,667 178,333 Notes payable issued in connection with other asset acquisitions due in installments through May 1998. Interest rates range from the prime rate, (8.25% at February 28, 1997) to 9.0%.............................. 123,121 146,272 Note payable assumed in connection with the purchase of ATEC. Interest accrues at the prime rate plus 2% (10.25% at February 28, 1997). Principal and interest are due May 19, 1997.................................... -- 127,095 Notes payable issued in connection with the purchase of MES, with interest at prime (8.25% at February 28, 1997) payable through February, 1998.......................................... 147,619 66,667 Other notes with interest rates ranging from 7.25% to 12.4% due in monthly installments through October, 2001. 89,395 29,326 -------- ----------- 716,802 24,110,074 Less current maturities.................................. 354,858 1,986,730 -------- ----------- Long-term debt, less current maturities.................. $361,944 $22,123,344 ======== =========== SENIOR SECURED NOTES--On May 29, 1997, the Company issued $32,500,000 of 8.18% Senior Secured Notes due in annual installments beginning May, 2000, through May, 2004, to a group of financial institutions. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually on May 31, and November 30, commencing on November 30, 1997. The Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by accounts receivable, work-in-process, intangible assets and the Company's primary depository accounts. The proceeds from the Senior Secured Notes have in part been utilized to repay the Company's outstanding bridge credit facility. Accordingly, at February 28, 1997, the Company has classified its $20,850,000 outstanding bridge credit facility as long-term debt. The bridge facility was entered into in May, 1996, to provide capital in connection with the Company's acquisition of American Testing and Engineering Corporation and 3D Information Services, Inc. BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT--In connection with the Senior Secured Note offering, the Company executed a credit agreement with the Chase Manhattan Bank and Atlantic Bank of New York. The credit agreement provides for a $15,000,000 revolving line of credit maturing on November 30, 1999. The borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by the Company's cash, accounts receivable, work in process, and intangible assets on a pari passu basis with the Senior Secured Note holders. Under the terms of the Note and Credit Agreements, the Company is required to comply with certain financial and business covenants including maintaining minimum working capital levels, fixed charge and interest ratios and restrictions on dividend payments. F-18 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) Aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of February 28, 1997 are as follows: fiscal 1998--$1,986,730; fiscal 1999--$1,028,877; fiscal 2000-- $236,692; fiscal 2001--$4,174,561; fiscal 2002--$4,173,167 and thereafter $12,510,047. Aggregate maturities of bank debt are based on the terms of the Senior Secured Notes. E. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS--The Company leases office space, laboratory facilities, temporary housing facilities and automobiles under operating lease agreements which expire at varying dates through September 2007. The Company also rents equipment on a job-by-job basis. Minimum annual rental commitments as of February 28, 1997 are as follows: fiscal 1998--$4,188,850; fiscal 1999-- $3,827,984; fiscal 2000--$2,798,251; fiscal 2001--$1,584,226; fiscal 2002-- $1,064,121 and thereafter $2,822,804 (total $16,286,236). Rental expense associated with facility and equipment operating leases for fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 was $1,355,410, $1,908,217 and $4,937,752 respectively. OTHER LIABILITIES--Other liabilities consist of long-term lease commitments and other long-term contractual obligations assumed in connection with business acquisitions. Contractual obligations representing existing liabilities recorded within the financial statements that are expected to be realized during the next fiscal year are included within other accrued expenses. First Fidelity Bank, N.A., et al v. Hill International, Inc. et al, Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Burlington County, Docket No. Bur-L-03400- 95, filed December 19, 1995. Irvin E. Richter, et al v. ATC Group Services Inc., et al, United States District Court, District of New Jersey, Civ. No. 96 CV 5818 (JBS) filed December 6, 1996. On December 19, 1995, a second amended complaint was filed in the above-entitled action which joined the Company as a defendant and included a count against the Company seeking recovery of certain assets purchased from Hill International, Inc. ("Hill") on the grounds that plaintiff banks hold security interests in the assets and that Hill is in default under the security agreement creating such alleged security interests. The original plaintiffs in this action were First Fidelity Bank, N.A. and United Jersey Bank, N.A. The primary defendants were Hill and certain of its subsidiaries, and Irvin Richter, David Richter, Janice Richter and William Doyle. Irvin Richter and David Richter are officers and stockholders of Hill. In April 1996, the Company filed a cross-claim against Hill, Irvin Richter and David Richter alleging breach of contract, fraud, among other allegations and seeking unspecified damages, including punitive damages and equitable relief. In August, 1996, Hill and the Richters filed an answer denying ATC's cross claims, a cross-claim against ATC and a third party claim against certain members of ATC's management and an employee. The cross claim and third party claim seek unspecified damages, including punitive damages, for defamation, breach of the Richters' non-competition agreements and securities fraud. The defamation claim is based on plaintiff banks' allegation of fraud against Hill and the Richters in their amended complaint, which Hill and the Richters allege was based on defamatory statements made by ATC in settlement discussions with the plaintiff banks. In its answer, the Company both denies that it made defamatory statements and asserts that the defamation allegations fail to state a legally valid claim. The breach of contract and securities claims are based on allegations that ATC made representations concerning a registration rights agreement to be provided in connection with options issued to the Richters as consideration for their non-competition agreements. In its answer, the Company denies that an agreement concerning registration rights was ever reached and asserts that the Richters forfeited any such rights in any case as a result of their conduct in connection with the asset purchase. These related cases are in their early stages with discovery yet to take place. In January, 1997, the plaintiff banks dismissed their claim against ATC. On December 6, 1996, Hill and the Richters commenced an action against ATC and the same officers and employees F-19 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) of ATC alleging essentially the same claims in federal court as in the state action. This action is entitled Irvin E. Richter et al. v. ATC Group Services, et al., Civ. No. 96-5818(JBS), U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, December 6, 1996. ATC has answered, raising the same defenses and additional defenses related to the timeliness of the federal claim. This is essentially the same action as in federal court as the pending state action. The case is currently in the discovery phase. It does not create a risk of double recovery. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction Corp. et al, Civ. Action No. 96-02281 F, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This is an action brought by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in April 1996, against the architects and general contractor on a renovation and construction project on the Suffolk County Courthouse in Massachusetts. The basis of the lawsuit is that one or more damp-proofing products specified by the architect defendants and installed by the contractor defendant made employees in the courthouse ill because of the off-gassing of harmful vapors. Dennison Environmental Services Inc., ("Dennison") an ATC subsidiary, was joined on August 13, 1996, as a third party defendant by TLT Construction Corporation, the general contractor, because Dennison performed some air quality testing of the air in the courthouse for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts during the construction process. The contractor alleges that it acted in reliance on these tests in continuing to install the material after the test report was given to it by the state. This case is in the discovery stage. At this point, ATC considers the case to be totally without merit, and ATC intends to vigorously defend the action. The Company currently has in force a professional liability insurance policy covering this claim in the amount of $10,000,000 with a deductible of $250,000. Notice of claim has been made regarding this action and the insurer has agreed to assume the defense. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. State of New York Department of Taxation and Finance--The Company has received a notice of audit from the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance for the three fiscal years 1993, 1994, and 1995. The agent has issued a preliminary audit report, which is expected to be the basis of a formal assessment estimated to be approximately $200,000. The Company is disputing the agents positions and intends to appeal any assessment if rendered. No assurances can be given regarding the ultimate liability, if any, which may result. Cambridge Housing Authority v. Con-Test, Inc. and ATC Group Services Inc., Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts; October 1, 1997. This is a claim for damages in excess of $1,000,000 alleging that Con-Test, Inc. breached its contract with Cambridge Housing Authority and was negligent in performing asbestos survey work preparatory to a housing project re- modernization project. ATC is joined as a party on a successor liability theory, even though the services giving rise to the claim occurred over two years prior to ATC's purchase of business assets from Con-Test. Although ATC has not yet answered the complaint, ATC intends to vigorously defend the claim on the grounds that it is not a successor under any known precedent of Massachusetts law. It is therefore the opinion of the Company that the probability of material loss from this claim is low. AS OF AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) Executives Bonus Dispute--Two executives of the Company have indicated commitments for discretionary bonuses were made to them totalling $1.1 million. They claim bonuses were to consist of approximately $300,000 of cash and $800,000 from the issuance of stock and stock options having exercise prices below market trading prices. They claim commitments were made pursuant to an oral agreement. The Company had F-20 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) discussions and negotiations concerning the possibility of such bonuses, but no final determination had been made and no bonus arrangements were presented to or approved by the Company's compensation committee. If the pending Transactions are consummated, the Issuer's Board of Directors, who have indicated their approval of such amounts, would become members of the Company's Board of Directors, along with the executives making the claim. Accordingly, the Company expects to record a charge against earnings of approximately $1.1 million in the fourth quarter ending February 28, 1998. First Fidelity Bank, N.A., et al v. Hill International, Inc. et al, Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Burlington County, Docket No. Bur-L-03400- 95, filed December 19, 1995. Irvin E. Richter, et al v. ATC Group Services Inc., et al, United States District Court, District of New Jersey, Civ. No. 96 CV 5818 (JBS) filed December 6, 1996. On December 19, 1995, a second amended complaint was filed in the above-entitled action which joined the Company as a defendant and included a count against the Company seeking recovery of certain assets purchased from Hill International, Inc. ("Hill") on the grounds that plaintiff banks hold security interests in the assets and that Hill is in default under the security agreement creating such alleged security interests. The original plaintiffs in this action were First Fidelity Bank, N.A. and United Jersey Bank, N.A. The primary defendants were Hill and certain of its subsidiaries, and Irvin Richter, David Richter, Janice Richter and William Doyle. Irvin Richter and David Richter are officers and stockholders of Hill. In April 1996, the Company filed a cross-claim against Hill, Irvin Richter and David Richter alleging breach of contract, fraud, among other allegations and seeking unspecified damages, including punitive damages and equitable relief. In August, 1996, Hill and the Richters filed an answer denying ATC's cross claims, a cross-claim against ATC and a third party claim against certain members of ATC's management and an employee. The cross claim and third party claim seek unspecified damages, including punitive damages, for defamation, breach of the Richters' non-competition agreements and securities fraud. The defamation claim is based on plaintiff banks' allegation of fraud against Hill and the Richters in their amended complaint, which Hill and the Richters allege was based on defamatory statements made by ATC in settlement discussions with the plaintiff banks. In its answer, the Company both denies that it made defamatory statements and asserts that the defamation allegations fail to state a legally valid claim. The breach of contract and securities claims are based on allegations that ATC made representations concerning a registration rights agreement to be provided in connection with options issued to the Richters as consideration for their non-competition agreements. In its answer, the Company denies that an agreement concerning registration rights was ever reached and asserts that the Richters forfeited any such rights in any case as a result of their conduct in connection with the asset purchase. These related cases are in their early stages with discovery yet to take place. In January, 1997, the plaintiff banks dismissed their claim against ATC. On December 6, 1996, Hill and the Richters commenced an action against ATC and the same officers and employees of ATC alleging essentially the same claims in federal court as in the state action. This action is entitled Irvin E. Richter et al. v. ATC Group Services, et al., Civ. No. 96-5818(JBS), U.S. District. Court for the District of New Jersey, December 6, 1996. ATC has answered, raising the same defenses and additional defenses related to the timeliness of the federal claim. This is essentially the same action as in federal court as the pending state action. The case is currently in the discovery phase. It does not create a risk of double recovery. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. Joseph I. Peters v. ATC Group Services Inc., et al., Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, New Castle County, C.A. No. 16026-NC, November 12, 1997. This action names ATC, ATC's board of directors, Weiss, Peck & Greer, LLC ("WPG") and WPG Corporate Development Associates, V. L.P. ("WPG Fund") as defendants. The suit challenges the announced offer for the acquisition of the stock of the Company at $12 per share by a group led by certain members of management of the Company and the WPG Fund (the "Offer"). F-21 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The complaint seeks class status on behalf of the stockholders of the Company and claims that the offer price for the Company's common stock is inadequate and the defendants have breached their fiduciary duties to the plaintiffs and the other stockholders of the Company. The suit seeks, among other things, to enjoin the Offer and related merger transaction; to set aside the transaction in the event that it is consumated; and to recover compensatory damages in an unspecified amount. The Company believes the allegations contained in the Complaint is meritless and, to the extent the actions proceed, intends to defend the action vigorously. Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction Corp. et al, Civ. Action No. 96-02281 F, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. This is an action brought by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in April 1996, against the architects and general contractor on a renovation and construction project on the Suffolk County Courthouse in Massachusetts. The basis of the lawsuit is that one or more damp-proofing products specified by the architect defendants and installed by the contractor defendant made employees in the courthouse ill because of the off-gassing of harmful vapors. Dennison Environmental Services Inc., ("Dennison") an ATC subsidiary, was joined on August 13, 1996, as a third party defendant by TLT Construction Corporation, the general contractor, because Dennison performed some air quality testing of the air in the courthouse for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts during the construction process. The contractor alleges that it acted in reliance on these tests in continuing to install the material after the test report was given to it by the state. This case is in the discovery stage. At this point, ATC considers the case to be totally without merit, and ATC intends to vigorously defend the action. The Company currently has in force a professional liability insurance policy covering this claim in the amount of $10,000,000 with a deductible of $250,000. Notice of claim has been made regarding this action and the insurer has agreed to assume the defense. In the Company's opinion, the outcome of this matter will not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or future results of operations, although no assurances can be given in this regard. Barrett-Moeller et al. v. ATC Associates Inc., Civ. Action No. 97-01037D, and Joan Spencer v. TLT Construction Et Al., Civ. Action No 97-4161C, Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts. These actions arise out of the same set of occurrences as Commonwealth of Massachusetts v. TLT Construction, Inc. described above. These are suits by employees who worked in the Suffolk County Courthouse during the period in which the off-gassing of harmful vapors was alleged to have occurred. The suits seek damages for personal injury in unspecified amounts. Notices of these claims have been made to ATC's professional liability insurer, and the claims should be covered by insurance, subject to a $250,000 deductible. Cambridge Housing Authority v. Con-Test, Inc. and ATC Group Services Inc., Superior Court of Middlesex County, Massachusetts; October 1, 1997. This is a claim for damages in excess of $1,000,000 alleging that Con-Test, Inc. breached its contract with Cambridge Housing Authority and was negligent in performing asbestos survey work preparatory to a housing project re- modernization project. ATC is joined as a party on a successor liability theory, even though the services giving rise to the claim occurred over two years prior to ATC's purchase of business assets from Con-Test. Although ATC has not yet answered the complaint, ATC intends to vigorously defend the claim on the grounds that it is not a successor under any known precedent of Massachusetts law. It is therefore the opinion of the Company that the probability of material loss from this claim is low. One Parkway Project. The Company has received notice of related potential claims by R.M. Shoemaker Co., a Pennsylvania construction firm, and four of its workers arising out of the Company's performance of asbestos abatement survey, design and project monitoring services on a project known as the One Parkway Project in Philadelphia. The claims allege that ATC: (i) failed to locate certain asbestos-containing materials in a high rise building during its inspection of the facility; (ii) failed to include these undiscovered materials in the F-22 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) design specifications for an asbestos abatement project in connection with a renovation project on the building; and (iii) failed to properly clearance inspect and test the areas on which abatement had been performed prior to demobilization of the asbestos abatement project. The claimants allege that the Company's acts or omissions resulted in additional corrective actions including remobilization of certain areas, delays of the renovation project and exposure of construction workers to asbestos contamination. R.M. Shoemaker has alleged that it sustained damages in the amount of $1,500,000 for additional abatement costs plus additional damages for delay. The workers' exposure claims have not been quantified. No suit has been filed. At this point, the Company believes that it was not responsible for the alleged problems on this project. ATC's responsibilities on the project were limited, and ATC believes that the alleged omissions which allegedly resulted in the alleged losses were outside the scope of the Company's contractual responsibilities. The Company has served notice of these claims upon its professional liability insurer. This coverage is subject to a $250,000 deductible. Indiana Department of Environmental Management v. ATC Associates Inc. ATC received a Notice of Violation and Proposed Agreed Order, EPA I.D. No. IND004939765, dated June 9, 1997, on June 12, 1997. The Notice of Violation seeks a penalty amount of $120,500 for alleged violations of the federal hazardous waste regulations and Indiana hazardous waste regulations arising out of the handling of hazardous wastes in ATC's Indianapolis laboratory. On January 7, 1998 ATC attended a second informal settlement conference with the Indiana Department of Environmental Management ("IDEM"). As a result of this meeting, a significant reduction in the penalty amount seems probable. American Testing and Engineering Corporation will be responsible for a significant part of any ultimate penalty. Accordingly, ATC does not believe this case will result in a material loss. State of New York Department of Taxation and Finance--The Company has received a notice of audit from the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance for the three fiscal years 1993, 1994, and 1995. The agent has issued a preliminary audit report, which is expected to be the basis of a formal assessment estimated to be approximately $200,000. The Company is disputing the agents positions and intends to appeal any assessment if rendered. No assurances can be given regarding the ultimate liability, if any, which may result. The Company has been named or has claims pending arising out of the conduct of its business. In the opinion of management, these matters are adequately covered by insurance, are without merit, or are not material. F. STOCK OPTIONS A stock option plan, established in 1988, (the "1988 Plan") provides for the granting of 200,000 options to employees for purchase of common stock at prices which cannot be less than the fair market value at the time of the grant. Options generally become exercisable at 20% per year, 50% per year for certain participants, and expire within five years of the date of grant. In 1993, the Board of Directors approved an additional stock option plan (the "1993 Plan") providing for the granting of 200,000 options to employees for purchase of common stock at prices which cannot be less than fair market value at the time of the grant. In December 1995, the 1993 Plan was amended to increase the number of options to 500,000 shares and in October 1996, the 1993 Plan was amended to increase the number of options to 1,000,000 shares. Options generally become exercisable at 20% per year and expire either within five years or ten years of the date of grant. F-23 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) In connection with the merger of Aurora into ATC, the Board of Directors of ATC approved a stock option plan (the "1995 Plan") having identical provisions to Aurora's 1987 Stock Option Plan. The 1995 Plan provides for the granting of 81,750 options representing the previously outstanding Aurora stock options after adjustment by the stock exchange rate of .545 as provided for under the terms of the merger agreement. The 81,750 options were granted at an exercise price of $5.32 per share in June 1995 to an officer of ATC in replacement of previously held Aurora options. All of the options are exercisable and expire within ten years of the date of grant. As of February 28, 1997, under the 1988, 1993 and 1995 Plans, 1,096,400 options have been granted, 40,410 options exercised, 335,650 options expired and 521,000 options remain available for grant. In fiscal 1995, the Board of Directors approved the granting of 20,000 options to an unrelated consultant for purchase of common stock at $9.50 per share (fair market value at date of grant). These options were terminated in fiscal 1996. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS No. 123 defines a fair market value based method of accounting for stock based employee compensation plans and encourages all entities to adopt that method of accounting. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. The Company has decided to continue to apply the intrinsic value based method of accounting for its stock-based employee compensation plans. If compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans had been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plans consistent with the method of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation, the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below: 1996 1997 ---------- ---------- Net Income: As reported...................................... $3,865,998 $6,307,734 Pro forma........................................ $3,759,532 $6,065,136 Primary Earnings Per Share: As reported...................................... $ .54 $ .74 Pro forma........................................ $ .52 $ .71 Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share: As reported...................................... $ .54 $ .74 Pro forma........................................ $ .52 $ .71 The fair value for stock options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions for the risk-free interest rate of 7.8% in fiscal 1996 and 5.4% in fiscal 1997, expected volatility of 48% in fiscal 1996 and 1997, expected life of approximately 5 years in fiscal 1996 and 1997, and no expected dividends. The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 1996 and 1997 was $5.58 per option and $4.48 per option, respectively. F-24 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The changes in the outstanding stock options described above during fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 are summarized as follows: WEIGHTED AVERAGE PRICE PER OPTIONS SHARE -------- -------- BALANCE, February 28, 1994............................. 170,700 $ 3.17 Granted.............................................. 132,350 9.76 Exercised............................................ (6,980) 2.90 Expired.............................................. (4,650) 9.48 -------- ------ BALANCE, February 28, 1995............................. 291,420 6.03 Granted.............................................. 334,500 9.44 Exercised............................................ (6,400) 5.56 Expired.............................................. (34,800) 10.09 -------- ------ BALANCE, February 29, 1996............................. 584,720 8.51 Granted.............................................. 407,400 9.85 Exercised............................................ (14,030) 4.00 Expired.............................................. (257,750) 12.62 -------- ------ BALANCE, February 28, 1997............................. 720,340 $ 7.89 ======== ====== Options exercisable at: February 28, 1995.................................... 127,000 February 29, 1996.................................... 307,950 February 28, 1997.................................... 457,550 The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of February 28, 1997: OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE - ----------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- RANGE OF WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED EXERCISE NUMBER AVERAGE REMAINING NUMBER AVERAGE PRICES OUTSTANDING EXERCISE PRICE CONTRACTUAL LIFE EXERCISABLE EXERCISE PRICE - -------- ----------- -------------- ---------------- ----------- -------------- $ 1.88 - $ 5.99 223,720 $ 3.84 0.1 years 217,340 $ 3.81 6.00 - 11.99 352,870 8.10 2.8 years 158,710 8.22 12.00 - 17.99 143,750 13.66 2.2 years 81,500 13.73 - -------- ------- ------ --------- ------- ------ $ 1.88 - $17.99 720,340 $ 7.89 1.8 years 457,550 $ 7.11 ======== ======= ====== ========= ======= ====== G. COMMON STOCK WARRANTS At February 28, 1997, there are 568,207 Class C warrants outstanding. Each Class C warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $10.00. The Company has reserved common shares equal to the outstanding warrants for issuance upon the exercise of the Class C warrants. The expiration date of the Class C warrants is April 30, 1998. During the year ended February 28, 1995, 284,803 of 285,817 outstanding Class B warrants were exercised at an exercise price of $8.00 allowing the holder to receive one share of common stock per warrant and one Class C warrant. The Class B warrants not exercised expired as of September 30, 1994. F-25 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) In connection with the merger of Aurora in fiscal 1996, ATC issued common stock purchase warrants for the purchase of 523,200 shares of ATC common stock at prices ranging from $1.03 to $2.75 per share in replacement of previously outstanding Aurora warrants. During fiscal 1996, 32,700 warrants were exercised at approximately $1.83 per share. The remaining warrants expire from November 30, 2000 to January 10, 2004. H. INCOME TAXES Income tax expense (benefit) for the three years ended February 28, 1997 consists of the following: STATE & FEDERAL LOCAL TOTAL ---------- -------- ---------- 1995: Current............................... $1,725,000 $295,500 $2,020,500 Deferred.............................. 19,000 4,500 23,500 ---------- -------- ---------- Total............................... $1,744,000 $300,000 $2,044,000 ========== ======== ========== 1996: Current............................... $1,700,400 $296,300 $1,996,700 Deferred.............................. (161,700) (30,000) (191,700) ---------- -------- ---------- Total............................... $1,538,700 $266,300 $1,805,000 ========== ======== ========== 1997: Current............................... $3,207,100 $711,600 $3,918,700 Deferred.............................. 168,100 3,200 171,300 ---------- -------- ---------- Total............................... $3,375,200 $714,800 $4,090,000 ========== ======== ========== The Company made Federal and State income tax payments of approximately $3,023,000, $2,077,000, and $ 4,062,000 in fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. A reconciliation of the statutory US Federal tax rate and effective tax rate for the three years ended February 28, 1997 is as follows: 1995 1996 1997 ---- ---- ---- Statutory US Federal rate.............................. 34.0% 34.0% 34.0% State income taxes, net of federal benefit............. 4.1 4.3 4.5 Tax benefit of Aurora's net operating loss carryforward.......................................... -- (6.2) -- Tax exempt interest income............................. -- (2.4) (1.3) Non-deductible expenses................................ 0.5 2.1 2.1 ---- ---- ---- 38.6% 31.8% 39.3% ==== ==== ==== F-26 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of February 28 (29) consist of the following: 1996 1997 -------- ---------- Deferred tax assets: Nondeductible liabilities.......................... $339,400 $ 682,900 Nondeductible bad debt reserve..................... 76,900 453,800 Aurora net operating loss carryforward............. 150,000 -- -------- ---------- 566,300 1,136,700 Deferred tax liabilities: Property and equipment............................. 108,000 95,800 Prepaid expenses................................... 125,800 346,400 Intangible assets.................................. 88,700 622,000 -------- ---------- 322,500 1,064,200 -------- ---------- Net deferred tax asset............................... $243,800 $ 72,500 ======== ========== The current portion of net deferred tax assets of $440,600 and $790,400 at February 28 (29), 1996 and 1997 is classified in the consolidated balance sheets in current assets. The non-current portion is classified in non-current liabilities. During fiscal 1996, ATC utilized a one-time tax benefit of $350,000 to offset taxable income relating to Aurora's net operating loss carryforward at the time of the ATC and Aurora merger. I. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company has an employee savings plan which allows for voluntary contributions into designated investment funds by eligible employees. The Company may, at the discretion of its Board of Directors, make additional contributions on behalf of the Plan's participants. No Company contributions were made in fiscal years 1995, 1996, and 1997. F-27 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) J. INDUSTRY SEGMENT DATA The Company provides services through its environmental consulting and engineering segment and its information technology consulting segment. Prior year segment data is not presented as the Company only operated in the environmental and engineering segment prior to the acquisition of 3D in May 1996 as discussed in Note B. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION ADJUSTMENTS & & ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY ELIMINATIONS TOTAL ------------- ----------- ------------- ------------ YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 Revenues............... $106,661,312 $7,228,755 $ (34,703) $113,855,364 Operating income....... 11,323,277 387,756 -- 11,711,033 Depreciation and amortization.......... 1,949,711 149,100 -- 2,098,811 Capital expenditures... 1,244,756 40,939 -- 1,285,695 Identifiable assets as of February 28, 1997....... $ 83,486,251 $6,080,060 $(3,390,994) $ 86,175,317 NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) Revenues............... $ 98,086,874 $6,479,879 $ (303,408) $104,263,345 Operating income....... 7,608,478 375,873 -- 7,984,351 Depreciation and amor- tization.............. 856,910 31,719 -- 888,629 Capital expenditures... 1,446,547 56,071 -- 1,502,618 Identifiable Assets as of November 30, 1997....... $114,456,031 $5,759,521 $(2,670,637) $117,544,915 NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED) Revenues............... $ 78,332,311 $5,084,540 $ -- $ 83,416,851 Operating income....... 9,179,261 334,733 -- 9,513,994 Depreciation and amor- tization.............. 634,574 8,205 -- 642,779 Capital expenditures... 1,071,339 52,077 -- 1,123,416 Identifiable Assets as of November 30, 1996....... $ 84,594,843 $6,233,209 $(2,300,000) $ 88,528,052 K. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION Supplemental cash flow information--Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended February 28 (29) is as follows: 1995 1996 1997 --------- --------- ---------- Cash paid for interest.......................... $ 276,658 $ 374,466 $1,515,432 Noncash investing and financing activities: Liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations........................ 6,056,441 640,082 26,728,981 Common stock issued in connection with business combinations........................ 605,408 -- -- Common stock recovered in connection with the Con-Test, Inc. acquisition................... -- 140,013 -- Common stock issued in connection with the Aurora Merger................................ -- 61,117 -- Common stock received as consideration for sale of assets............................... -- -- 124,432 Notes payable issued in connection with business combinations........................ 835,000 1,000,000 2,589,086 F-28 ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 AND THE NINE MONTHS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) SUPPLEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS--Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the three years ended February 28, 1997 are as follows: 1995 1996 1997 -------- -------- ---------- BALANCE, beginning of year..................... $167,344 $535,886 $ 383,220 Provision for bad debts...................... 188,819 290,165 1,021,631 Amounts written-off, net of recoveries....... (136,350) (309,932) (452,836) Adjustment for allowance for doubtful accounts recorded on net acquired (rescinded) accounts receivable............. 316,073 (132,899) 503,701 -------- -------- ---------- BALANCE, end of year........................... $535,886 $383,220 $1,455,716 ======== ======== ========== L. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) The Company's unaudited quarterly results of operations for fiscal 1996 and 1997 are as follows: THREE MONTHS ENDED ----------------------------------------------- MAY 31 AUGUST 31 NOVEMBER 30 FEBRUARY 29 FISCAL 1996 1995 1995(1) 1995(2) 1996 - ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Revenues...................... $10,814,953 $11,649,478 $11,223,139 $11,277,327 Gross profit.................. 5,269,542 5,529,416 5,342,623 4,308,142 Income before income taxes.... 1,462,628 1,921,617 1,811,675 475,078 Net income.................... 895,128 1,519,117 1,104,675 347,078 Earnings per common share and dilutive common equivalent share (4): Primary..................... $ .15 $ .23 $ .15 $ .04 Fully diluted............... $ .15 $ .23 $ .15 $ .04 THREE MONTHS ENDED ----------------------------------------------- MAY 31 AUGUST 31 NOVEMBER 30 FEBRUARY 28 FISCAL 1997 1996(3) 1996 1996 1997 - ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Revenues...................... $16,645,983 $33,922,028 $32,848,840 $30,438,513 Gross profit.................. 7,282,012 12,529,814 11,287,563 11,051,373 Income before income taxes.... 2,772,303 3,485,493 2,433,278 1,706,660 Net income.................... 1,718,303 2,101,493 1,506,278 981,660 Earnings per common share and dilutive common equivalent share (4): Primary..................... $ .20 $ .25 $ .18 $ .12 Fully diluted............... $ .20 $ .25 $ .18 $ .12 - -------- The Company's operations are seasonal in nature, with a larger percentage of income earned in the second quarter. (1) Reflects the merger of ATC and Aurora effective June 29, 1995, (Note B). Net income includes a one-time tax benefit of $350,000 ($.05 per share) resulting from the merger of Aurora. (2) Reflects the acquisition of the Hill Businesses effective November 10, 1995, (Note B). (3) Reflects the acquisition of American Testing and Engineering Corporation and 3D Information Services, Inc. effective May 24, 1996 and May 28, 1996, respectively. (4) For fiscal 1996, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share is less than the reported fiscal year earnings per share due to the averaging effect of the 1,970,000 shares issued in connection with the Company's stock offering in October 1995. F-29 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT F-30 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Board of Directors Smith Technology Corporation We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation ("Smith") (formerly Smith Environmental Technologies Corporation) as of September 30, 1996, and the related statements of operations and Smith equity investment, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of Smith's and the Division's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation as of September 30, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Engineering Division of Smith Technology Corporation will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, the Engineering Division is a wholly owned division of Smith. Smith experienced significant liquidity problems during 1996 and was in default of agreements with its Senior Lenders at September 30, 1996. Further, certain of Smith's actions caused significant liquidity problems at the Division. In August 1997, Smith sold substantially all the assets and certain liabilities of the Division. In October 1997, Smith filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The aforementioned conditions and actions raise substantial doubt about the Engineering Division's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities as of September 30, 1996 that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania November 17, 1997 F-31 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) BALANCE SHEET SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS Current assets: Cash.................................................................. $ 17 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $351..... 13,678 Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................. 211 ------- Total current assets.................................................... 13,906 Property and equipment: Equipment............................................................. 3,830 Land, buildings, and improvements..................................... 149 Leasehold improvements................................................ 931 ------- Total property and equipment, at cost................................... 4,910 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........................ 1,595 ------- Property and equipment, net............................................. 3,315 ------- Total assets........................................................ $17,221 ======= LIABILITIES AND SMITH EQUITY INVESTMENT Current liabilities: Accounts and subcontracts payable..................................... $ 5,760 Accrued expenses: Legal............................................................... 746 Compensation and fringe............................................. 1,232 Other............................................................... 1,711 Deferred revenue...................................................... 430 Capital lease obligations............................................. 508 ------- Total current liabilities............................................... 10,387 Other long term liabilities............................................. 3,254 Smith equity investment................................................. 3,580 ------- Total liabilities and Smith equity investment........................... $17,221 ======= See accompanying notes. F-32 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND SMITH EQUITY INVESTMENT YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (IN THOUSANDS) Revenues.............................................................. $ 51,469 Direct costs.......................................................... 32,016 Indirect costs and selling, general and administrative expenses....... 17,893 Special items......................................................... 800 Amortization of intangible assets and goodwill........................ 861 Writedown of goodwill and intangible assets........................... 18,324 -------- Loss from operations.................................................. (18,425) Interest expense...................................................... 1,660 -------- Loss before income taxes.............................................. (20,085) Income tax expense.................................................... -- -------- Net loss.............................................................. (20,085) Smith equity investment at October 1, 1995............................ 23,665 -------- Smith equity investment at September 30, 1996......................... $ 3,580 ======== See accompanying notes. F-33 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (IN THOUSANDS) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss............................................................ $(20,085) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Writedown of goodwill and intangible assets....................... 18,324 Depreciation and amortization..................................... 1,860 Provision for uncollectible accounts.............................. 795 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable............................................. (150) Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................... 903 Accounts and subcontracts payable............................... (2,046) Accrued expenses and deferred revenue........................... (452) -------- Net cash used in operating activities............................... (851) INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capital expenditures................................................ (53) -------- Net cash used in investing activities............................... (53) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net transactions with Smith......................................... 740 Repayment of capital leases......................................... (88) -------- Net cash provided by financing activities........................... 652 -------- Net decrease in cash................................................ (252) Cash at beginning of year........................................... 269 -------- Cash at end of year................................................. $ 17 ======== See accompanying notes. F-34 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION Smith Technology Corporation (Smith) (formerly Smith Environmental Technologies Corporation), a Delaware corporation, operates three business divisions, the Engineering Division (referred to as the Engineering Division or the Division), the Construction Division and the Remediation Division. The Engineering Division provides testing, consulting, engineering, design, project management, and training in the areas of environmental contamination, water resources and infrastructure. The Construction and Remediation Divisions provide remedial action including the construction and operation of required facilities, as well as emergency response actions involving spills and accidental releases of hazardous waste. Principally all of the operating assets and liabilities of the Engineering Division were purchased or assumed (the "Purchased Assets and Liabilities") by ATC Group Services, Inc. (ATC) on August 20, 1997. The stockholders of Smith retained the Construction and Remediation Divisions and certain assets and liabilities of the Engineering Division. The Purchased Assets and Liabilities of the Engineering Division were purchased by ATC for an aggregate purchase price of $5.4 million in cash, promissory notes of $2.8 million and the assumption of $4.3 million in liabilities, subject to certain post-sales adjustments which may be offset against the promissory notes. The assets which were not purchased include cash, certain accounts receivable, and certain fixed assets. Liabilities which were not assumed include certain accounts payable and accrued expenses, including legal obligations of Smith related to BCM. The Engineering Division is dependent upon Smith for financing and funding of current operations. Smith uses a centralized cash management system to finance the operations of its divisions. During fiscal 1996, Smith experienced significant liquidity problems and was in default of agreements with its Senior Lenders at September 30, 1996. Further, certain of Smith's actions, including using the Division's cash flow for corporate overhead and other expenses, caused significant liquidity problems at the Division. In August 1997, Smith completed the sale to ATC as described above and on October 8, 1997, Smith filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Engineering Division's ability to continue as a going concern. The statements of operations and cash flows of the Engineering Division were derived from the accounting records of Smith and include the revenue, expenses, and cash flows directly attributable to the Engineering Division's operations, as well as an allocation of Smith corporate expenses. The balance sheet includes the assets and liabilities at Smith's historical cost basis which are specifically identifiable to the Engineering Division. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a historical basis and do not reflect the effect of ATC's purchase. The financial information in these financial statements is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the Engineering Division had been a separate stand- alone entity during the period presented or of future results of the Engineering Division. 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates and such differences could be material to the financial statements. REVENUE AND COST RECOGNITION Revenues from cost-plus fee and time and materials contracts are generally recognized as the services are provided. Direct costs include all direct material, labor, and subcontract costs and other direct costs related to F-35 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) contract performance. Indirect costs, selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Estimated losses on contracts, if any, are recognized in the period they are determined. An amount equal to contract costs attributable to claims, if any, is included in revenues when realization is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Revenue from one single customer approximated 17% of the Engineering Division's total revenues for the year ended September 30, 1996. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT, AND DEPRECIATION Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided primarily on the straight-line method and depreciation is based on the following estimated useful lives: Building and improvements.................... 30 years Office, process, and field equipment......... 3-8 years Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their respective useful lives or lease terms. Assets under capital lease obligations are $709,000 with accumulated amortization of $341,000 at September 30, 1996. INCOME TAXES The taxable income of the Division is included in the consolidated tax returns of Smith. As such, separate income tax returns were not prepared or filed by the Division. Income tax expense has been determined as if the Division was a separate tax paying entity by applying an asset and liability approach. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL The Division evaluates goodwill and intangible assets to ensure that these assets are fully recoverable from projected undiscounted cash flows of the Division. Impairments are recognized in operating results in the period in which a permanent diminution in value occurs. In September 1996, the Division recorded a write-down of its goodwill and intangible assets totaling $18.3 million. These assets were determined to have been impaired based on the current financial condition of the Division and the Division's inability to generate sufficient cash flows to recover the value of these assets. Prior to September 1996, goodwill was being amortized over forty years and intangible assets which include customer lists, contract backlog and assembled workforce were being amortized over 15 years. 3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE Accounts receivable are comprised of the following (in thousands): Commercial and non-U.S. government customers: Amounts billed............................... 8,603 Unbilled recoverable costs and estimated earnings.................................... 3,442 Retention.................................... 220 ------- 12,265 United States Government and agencies: Amounts billed............................... 1,362 Unbilled recoverable costs and estimated earnings.................................... 308 Retention.................................... 94 ------- 1,764 ------- All customers.................................. 14,029 Allowance for doubtful accounts................ 351 ------- $13,678 ======= F-36 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) Unbilled recoverable costs and estimated earnings represent revenue earned and recognized on contracts which are not yet billable according to contract terms, which usually consider the passage of time, achievement of certain milestones, or the completion of the project. 4. LEASES The Division leases office space and various equipment under noncancelable leases expiring through 2004. For the year ended September 30, 1996, total lease expense charged to operations was approximately $2,680,000 and includes rentals under short-term cancelable leases. As of September 30, 1996, future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable terms in excess of one year are as follows (in thousands): 1997................................. $ 2,917 1998................................. 2,733 1999................................. 2,516 2000................................. 1,744 2001................................. 669 Thereafter........................... 1,941 ------- $12,520 ======= 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS SMITH'S EQUITY INVESTMENT Smith uses a centralized cash management system to finance its operations. Cash receipts related to the Division's operations are received by Smith, and cash disbursements of the Division are paid by Smith. No interest has been charged or credited on transactions with Smith. The net intercompany balance with Smith resulting from the funding of all financial transactions will not be settled. As a result, the net intercompany balance has been included in Smith equity investment in the balance sheet of the Engineering Division. CORPORATE EXPENSES The results of operations include significant transactions with Smith business units that are outside of the Division's operations. These transactions involve functions and services such as selling, general, and administrative expenses including the Division's cash management, accounting and finance, legal services, and employee benefits administration that have been provided to the Division by Smith. The cost of these functions and services has been allocated to the Division based on a percentage of Division revenues to total Smith revenues. Such charges and allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred by the Division as a separate entity. Corporate charges allocated to the Engineering Division included in indirect costs and selling, general, and administrative expenses were approximately $2,721,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996. SPECIAL ITEMS The Division's special items of $800,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996 include legal settlements and associated defense costs for the Division of approximately $720,000 pertaining to cases in process at the time of Smith's acquisition of the Division and specifically identifiable costs of approximately $80,000 for severance and relocation costs for the Division. F-37 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) INTEREST The Division's interest expense represents an allocation of Smith's interest expense. The interest expense from Smith was allocated to the Engineering Division and the Remediation and Construction Divisions based on their percentages of combined total assets at September 30, 1996. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN Prior to September 1994, the Division provided a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain directors. The SERP was frozen in 1994 upon the acquisition of the Division by Smith and no new participants are eligible to participate. The benefits for this plan were based on the directors' years of service and compensation. The accrued SERP liability which represents the projected benefit obligation of $1,356,000 at September 30, 1996 is included in other liabilities and was determined by an actuarial valuation. Net periodic pension expense was $126,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996. The plan is unfunded at September 30, 1996 and does not hold any assets. Assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of benefit obligations reflects a weighted average discount rate of 7.5%. INSURANCE COVERAGE Worker's Compensation. Smith purchases workers' compensation coverage for all its Divisions from external carriers. Premiums paid are determined based upon claims experience subject to a stop-loss provision. Each Division is allocated a charge based upon the application of published workers' compensation rates to division payroll costs adjusted for claims experience. Charges included in indirect costs and selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 1996 were approximately $80,000. Medical. Certain medical and other related benefits are provided to active employees of the Division. Monthly premiums are paid to insurance carriers by Smith and reimbursed by the Division on the basis of employee headcount. These contracts are negotiated by Smith on a Company-wide basis. Medical charges allocated to the Division included in indirect costs and selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately $1,330,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996. The above-mentioned charges and allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if the Division had been operating as a separate entity. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN The employees of the Division are eligible to participate in Smith's defined contribution plan. Under the plan, employees may make tax deferred voluntary contributions which, at the discretion of Smith's Board of Directors, are matched within certain limits by Smith. In addition, Smith may make additional discretionary contributions to the plan as profit sharing contributions. The Division's share of the Company's accrued matching contributions was approximately $90,000 as of September 30, 1996 and is included in indirect costs and selling, general and administrative expenses. 6. INCOME TAXES There was no provision or benefit for current or deferred federal and state income taxes. F-38 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) Significant components of the Division's deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 1996 are as follows (in thousands): Deferred tax assets: Bad debt allowance............................................. $ 140 Net operating loss carryforward................................ 70 Property and equipment......................................... 123 Accrued liabilities............................................ 2,125 Valuation allowance............................................ (1,549) ------- Total deferred tax assets........................................ 909 ------- Deferred tax liabilities: Cash to accrual (Sec. 481 Adjustment).......................... (909) ------- Total deferred tax liabilities................................... (909) ------- Net deferred taxes............................................... $ -- ======= For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance has been recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset related to the carryforwards and other deferred tax assets net of deferred tax liabilities, to zero since the realization of such amounts is not assured. Future tax benefits from the carryfowards will reduce income tax expense if and when realized. A reconciliation of income tax expense to amounts computed using federal statutory rates is as follows: Income tax benefit computed at the federal statutory rate....... $(7,030) Non deductible items: Writedown of goodwill and intangibles......................... 6,413 Goodwill amortization......................................... 301 Increase in valuation allowance................................. 316 ------- Income tax expense.............................................. $ -- ======= 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The following litigation against the Division is related to BCM Engineers, Inc. (BCM) a wholly-owned corporation of Smith included in the Division. As part of the asset purchase agreement, Smith has agreed to assume all liabilities, if any, in resolving these claims. Transcontinental Realty Investors, Inc. filed an action against BCM and various unrelated parties in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Burlington County. The action sought to recover alleged damages exceeding $8 million based on breach of contract and negligence. An agreement has been reached by the plaintiff and the professional liability carrier of BCM to resolve all claims. The insurance carrier will pay the agreed settlement directly to the plaintiff. BCM's obligation is limited to reimbursing the insurance carrier for the balance of the unexpended portion of a self-insured retention of approximately $280,000, which is included in other liabilities at September 30, 1996, in installments of $50,000 payable quarterly beginning September 26, 1996, with final payment of any remaining balance due on September 30, 1997. U-Max was awarded a judgment in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania of $2 million against Stroud Township. The F-39 THE ENGINEERING DIVISION OF SMITH TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (FORMERLY SMITH ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) Township has been granted a judgment of $1 million against BCM. Stroud Township has appealed the judgment against the Township and the $1 million judgment awarded in favor of the Township against BCM. BCM's insurance coverage will respond to losses exceeding a $500,000 deductible of which approximately $220,000 has been expended. On November 7, 1996, BCM filed a notice of appeal to the United States Third Circuit Court of Appeals with a motion to stay execution. BCM's counsel believes there are grounds for reversal or modification of the judgment on appeal, however, the likelihood of obtaining relief from the District Court judgment is unknown. The difference between the insurance deductible and the amount expended of $280,000 is included in other liabilities at September 30, 1996. A settlement agreement of the claim filed in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County, Philadelphia has been reached with Mutual Pharmaceutical Company, Inc. whereby BCM will be required to pay the plaintiff for its out- of-pocket costs incurred to date for the site investigation and carrying costs amounting to $207,000. This amount is to be paid in 13 monthly installments beginning September 12, 1996 of $16,000 in lieu of exposure to the remaining deductible and further litigation. The claim is covered by BCM's professional liability coverage which carries a $500,000 deductible. The insurance carrier has approved the settlement agreement. Additionally, BCM will be responsible for performing certain remediation services at the site to obtain a "No Further Action" letter from the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection. The estimated cost of the services is $50,000. If BCM fails to pay the agreed amount or perform under the agreement, the plaintiff reserves the right to recommence the litigation and claim additional out-of-pocket costs. The agreement leaves open a possible claim for diminution of property value up to $420,000 for up to 10 years and requires BCM to indemnify the plaintiff for any third-party claims not to exceed $500,000 plus costs of defense until September 2001. BCM is unaware of any third-party claims and has not been notified of any claim of diminution of value of the site. In December 1995, BellSouth filed a complaint for unstated damages in the Circuit Court, Jefferson County, Alabama against BCM and Smith. The complaint, alleging professional negligence, fraudulent and negligent misrepresentation, nondisclosure, innocent misrepresentation and breach of contract, arises out of BCM's alleged failure to provide oversight and certification of services performed by BellSouth's asbestos abatement contractors. The plaintiff claims it has expended an additional $1.7 million to perform asbestos removal which allegedly was to have been performed by its prior contractor. BCM believes its services were performed in compliance with all legal requirements, that it has been released from BellSouth claims, and that a substantial amount of the claims are barred by statute of limitations. The parties to the lawsuit have entered into a settlement agreement dated April 21, 1997, which resolved all claims; the agreement provides for the payment by BCM of $150,000 in monthly installments which is included in other liabilities. The settlement agreement provided that it could be rescinded or a consent judgment could be entered if there were default on the installments. BCM defaulted and BellSouth sought to have the consent judgement entered, but this was blocked by the chapter 11 filing of Smith. Stroudsburg Municipal Authority has filed a claim against BCM in the Monroe County, Pennsylvania, Court of Common Pleas for damages exceeding $500,000 based on allegations of breach of contract and negligent performance of design services. BCM and its professional liability carrier are investigating the claim. The case was in the discovery stage at the time of the Smith bankruptcy. No provision for loss, if any, has been recorded at September 30, 1996. The Division is currently a party to other litigation and claims incidental to its business. The Division believes that these matters are adequately accrued or covered by insurance, are without merit, or the disposition thereof is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Division's financial position. F-40 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994, THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT F-41 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT To the Board of Directors and Shareholders American Testing and Engineering Corporation We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of American Testing and Engineering Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Omaha, Nebraska January 31, 1997 (June 25, 1997 as to Note 11) F-42 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994 1995 1994 ----------- ----------- ASSETS Current assets: Cash................................................ $ 46,693 $ 62,285 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable.......................... 20,282,027 20,732,006 Unbilled revenue on work in progress............... 6,795,912 6,395,647 ----------- ----------- 27,077,939 27,127,653 Less allowance for doubtful accounts............... (690,500) (814,600) ----------- ----------- 26,387,439 26,313,053 Collateral bonds.................................... 801,430 1,110,652 Other current assets................................ 779,722 825,214 ----------- ----------- Total current assets............................. 28,015,284 28,311,204 Property and equipment, net (Note 3)................. 5,901,641 9,041,493 Other Assets: Cash surrender value of life insurance.............. 1,824,437 1,872,902 Advances to related parties (Note 4)................ 156,712 114,141 Other............................................... 428,621 324,125 ----------- ----------- 2,409,770 2,311,168 ----------- ----------- Total assets..................................... $36,326,695 $39,663,865 =========== =========== LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Working capital loans (Note 5)...................... $ 1,679,756 $ 632,235 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 5).......... 11,043,881 3,548,168 Accounts payable, trade............................. 7,804,426 7,211,534 Accrued salaries, wages and other compensation...... 3,948,186 4,774,441 Accrued legal liabilities (Note 11)................. 1,288,265 1,391,875 Other accrued expenses.............................. 2,914,423 2,918,901 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities........................ 28,678,937 20,477,154 Long-term debt (Note 5).............................. 877,095 10,255,382 Performance share obligation (Notes 2 and 7)......... 688,147 1,139,894 Lease and revenue reserve............................ 187,739 76,190 Minority interest.................................... 7,173 5,011 Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 7 and 11) Shareholders' equity: Common stock, no par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,585,000 shares issued and outstanding............ 79,250 79,250 Additional paid-in capital.......................... 633,131 633,131 Advances to shareholders (Note 4)................... (21,266) (17,947) Retained earnings................................... 5,196,489 7,015,800 ----------- ----------- Total shareholders' equity....................... 5,887,604 7,710,234 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity....... $36,326,695 $39,663,865 =========== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-43 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994, THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 YEARS ENDED THREE DECEMBER 31, MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED -------------------------- DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 1994 1993 1993 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- Revenues: Service revenue........ $95,130,122 $102,253,268 $28,354,269 $117,609,574 Cost of service revenue (Note 2).............. 26,926,568 30,116,429 11,832,987 38,794,916 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Net service revenue. 68,203,554 72,136,839 16,521,282 78,814,658 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Cost and expenses: Engineering and consulting costs...... 31,064,366 31,189,662 11,122,048 35,075,967 General and administrative expenses.............. 37,291,935 38,760,752 10,726,126 46,082,281 Interest expense....... 1,664,066 1,539,513 398,232 1,485,275 Legal judgment (Note 11)................... -- -- 704,375 -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Total costs and expenses........... 70,020,367 71,489,927 22,950,781 82,643,523 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting method.. (1,816,813) 646,912 (6,429,499) (3,828,865) Cumulative effect of change in accounting method (Note 2)........ -- 470,611 -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income (loss) before minority interest........... (1,816,813) 1,117,523 (6,429,499) (3,828,865) Minority interest....... 2,162 (3,904) (5,814) 3,751 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income (loss)... $ (1,818,975) $ 1,121,427 $ (6,423,685) $ (3,832,616) ============ ============ ============ ============ The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-44 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994, THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 ADDITIONAL TOTAL COMMON PAID-IN ADVANCES TO RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS' STOCK CAPITAL SHAREHOLDERS EARNINGS EQUITY ------- ---------- ------------ ----------- ------------- Balance, September 30, 1992................... $79,250 $384,240 $ -- $15,911,335 $16,374,825 Distributions to shareholders.......... -- -- -- (391,157) (391,157) Advances to shareholders.......... -- -- (70,048) -- (70,048) Reclassification of shareholder distribution (Note 4). -- -- (630,496) 630,496 -- Net loss............... -- -- -- (3,832,616) (3,832,616) ------- -------- --------- ----------- ----------- Balance, September 30, 1993................... 79,250 384,240 (700,544) 12,318,058 12,081,004 Advances to shareholder........... -- -- (11,376) -- (11,376) Net loss............... -- -- -- (6,423,685) (6,423,685) ------- -------- --------- ----------- ----------- Balance, December 31, 1993................... 79,250 384,240 (711,920) 5,894,373 5,645,943 Shareholder contribution.......... -- 248,891 -- -- 248,891 Repayment of shareholder advances.. -- -- 693,973 -- 693,973 Net income............. -- -- -- 1,121,427 1,121,427 ------- -------- --------- ----------- ----------- Balance, December 31, 1994................... 79,250 633,131 (17,947) 7,015,800 7,710,234 Distributions to shareholders.......... -- -- -- (336) (336) Advance to shareholder. -- -- (3,319) -- (3,319) Net loss............... -- -- -- (1,818,975) (1,818,975) ------- -------- --------- ----------- ----------- Balance, December 31, 1995................... $79,250 $633,131 $ (21,266) $ 5,196,489 $ 5,887,604 ======= ======== ========= =========== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-45 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994, THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 YEARS ENDED THREE MONTHS DECEMBER 31, ENDED YEAR ENDED ------------------------ DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 1994 1993 1993 ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net income (loss)....... $(1,818,975) $ 1,121,427 $ (6,423,685) $ (3,832,616) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization........... 3,913,346 4,311,092 1,174,178 5,076,527 Revenue and lease reservations........... 111,549 76,190 -- -- Provision for doubtful accounts............... (124,049) (1,154,000) 288,600 281,000 (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment.............. 221,749 (76,446) (17,090) 176,382 Appreciation (depreciation) in performance share value.................. (126,608) 217,433 -- -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting method................. -- (470,611) -- -- Appreciation of performance shares redeemed by issuance of note payable........ -- -- -- 134,511 Changes in assets and liabilities: Trade accounts receivable............ 449,979 2,095,995 3,480,946 2,756,359 Unbilled revenue on work in progress...... (400,316) 2,452,964 (2,502,053) (2,658,219) Accounts payable....... 175,131 1,691,361 (4,736,242) 2,256,065 Accrued salaries and expenses.............. (779,940) (5,277,894) 7,235,340 1,206,256 Collateral bonds....... 309,222 477,656 412,304 (847,024) Other, net............. (60,949) 427,311 107,265 (1,144,252) ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash provided by operating activities. 1,870,139 5,892,478 (980,437) 3,404,989 ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Cash flows from investing activities: Purchase of property and equipment.............. (1,310,662) (1,869,058) (474,064) (2,198,370) Proceeds from sale of property and equipment. 325,418 295,010 53,063 346,603 ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash used in investing activities. (985,244) (1,574,048) (421,001) (1,851,767) ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Cash flows from financing activities: Net (deposits) borrowings (to) from cash collateral account................ 1,047,521 (1,767,190) -- -- Proceeds from obligations to banks and notes payable...... 2,059,189 7,175,000 11,015,000 23,765,000 Payments on obligations to banks and notes payable................ (3,941,762) (8,565,195) (10,823,825) (24,545,218) Advances and distributions to shareholders........... (3,655) -- (11,376) (391,157) Performance shares redeemed............... (479,542) (43,159) (14,517) (128,477) Change in cash overdraft.............. 417,762 (2,058,354) 1,215,597 (236,671) Shareholder contribution........... -- 248,891 -- -- Proceeds from repayment of shareholder advances............... -- 693,973 -- -- ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Net cash used in financing activities. (900,487) (4,316,034) 1,380,879 (1,536,523) ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Increase (decrease) in cash................. (15,592) 2,396 (20,559) 16,699 Cash, beginning of period.................. 62,285 59,889 80,448 63,749 ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ Cash, end of period...... $ 46,693 $ 62,285 $ 59,889 $ 80,448 =========== =========== ============ ============ Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for: Interest................ $ 1,554,879 $ 1,489,863 $ 376,429 $ 1,487,936 =========== =========== ============ ============ Income taxes (Note 2)... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 577,043 =========== =========== ============ ============ During the year ended September 30, 1993, the Company redeemed performance shares with a recorded value of $194,726, a redemption value of $493,856, by issuance of a note payable of $329,237 and a cash payment for the residual. The difference between the recorded and redemption value was recorded as compensation expense and is included in general and administrative expenses. During the year ended December 31, 1995, the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993, performance shares with a value of $154,403, $120,757 and $72,634, respectively, were issued in lieu of ac- crued bonuses. The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. F-46 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994, THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993 1. SUBSEQUENT EVENT Effective May 23, 1996, the shareholders of American Testing and Engineering Corporation (the Company) or ("ATEC") transferred substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible business assets to ATC Environmental, Inc. ("ATC"), an unrelated company. The assets sold included cash, accounts receivable, unbilled work in progress, prepaid expenses, goodwill, customer contract rights and customer lists. In addition, the Company leased to ATC substantially all of its property, plant and equipment under annually renewable leases expiring six years from the date of the closing. ATC additionally has the right to purchase all fixed assets leased at the end of such period. Assets retained by the Company include all nonleased fixed assets, intercompany accounts receivable/payable, certain land, cash surrender value of life insurance policies, and the investment in Waste Abatement Technology, L.P. ("WATEC"). As consideration for the sale, ATC assumed essentially all of the recorded liabilities exclusive of bank debt which was repaid concurrent with the sale of ATEC. In addition, at closing the Company received $6,000,000 in cash and will receive, an additional $16,750,000 in lease payments, rents, and consideration for covenants not to compete over the next six years. In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded a gain of approximately $4.9 million at the closing date, and additional contingent gains approximating $12.5 million are expected to be recorded as certain defined contingencies lapse. The Company's credit agreement with Bank One (Note 5) expired on April 30, 1996. In anticipation of the sale of the Company, the bank amended and extended the credit agreement through July 31, 1996. All amounts due Bank One in connection with the credit agreement, exclusive of WATEC borrowings of approximately $360,000 and contingent amounts due under letters of credit, were paid on May 24, 1996, concurrent with the sale of the Company's business operations to ATC. In connection with the sale, the Company recorded additional 1996 expense of approximately $2.2 million associated with the performance shares and performance share options (see Notes 7 and 8) in accordance with the Performance Share and Performance Share Option Plans. During the period from January 1, 1996 through May 23, 1996, 94,830 additional performance share options were granted at an option price of $7.41 per share. These financial statements are presented on the historical basis of accounting and are not presented on the basis of a liquidation, nor do they reflect fair value accounting principles. 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES General--ATEC engages in four principal lines of business which contribute to gross revenues. They include traditional services which consist of engineering and materials testing, environmental, hazardous waste, and chemical testing laboratories. The geographic concentration of the 40 plus offices is in the eastern half of the United States. The concentration of revenue by client is largely industrial and small business with approximately 25% of its revenue generated from federal, state and local governmental agencies. Use of Estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires that management make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts and results could differ from the estimated amounts and results. F-47 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) Consolidation Principles and Financial Statement Presentation--These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ATEC and WATEC, a limited partnership in which the Company holds a 99% interest (together, the "Company"). All significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated. Property and Equipment--Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from three to ten years for machinery, equipment and office furniture and three to seven years for vehicles. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized over the term of the respective leases. Expenditures for normal repair and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Cost and accumulated depreciation of assets disposed are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in income. Income Taxes--Effective October 1, 1991, the Company elected status as an S Corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, it is generally not subject to federal or state income taxes, and the income or loss of the Company is reflected in the personal income tax returns of its shareholders. Revenue and Cost Recognition--The Company's principal business is providing professional engineering and consulting services under cost-plus-fee and fixed-price contracts. Revenues attributable to such contracts and claims for revenue on additional contract revisions are accounted for under the percentage-of-completion (cost-to-cost) method of accounting and are recorded equivalent to costs incurred plus a pro rata portion of estimated profits expected to be realized on the contracts. Profits expected to be realized on contracts are based on total contract value and management's estimates of costs at completion. These estimates are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, and adjustments to profits resulting from such revisions are recorded in the accounting period in which the revisions are made. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are recorded when they are identified. Costs of service include all direct material and subcontract costs, and those indirect costs related to contract performance. Change in Accounting Method--Performance Share Obligation--Amounts contributed by participants to the Performance Share Plan are recognized as compensation expense when earned. Prior to January 1, 1994, the Company recognized additional expense (appreciation of performance share value) or other income (diminution of performance share value) upon election by the participant to redeem units in accordance with the plan's provisions. To more directly relate the periodic results of its operations with related changes in the valuation of performance shares, the Company changed its method of accounting for changes in the appreciation or diminution of performance share value. As part of this change, during the year ended December 31, 1994, the Company recorded a one-time cumulative benefit of $470,611, which recognizes the cumulative difference in expense recorded under the two methods from the inception of the plan through January 1, 1994. Reclassification--Certain amounts in the prior year's financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1995 presentation. F-48 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment is summarized as follows: DECEMBER 31, -------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------ ------------ Machinery and equipment.......................... $ 11,584,942 $ 12,102,895 Vehicles......................................... 6,285,807 6,828,868 Office furniture and equipment................... 9,059,094 8,508,533 Leasehold improvements........................... 3,256,232 3,660,734 Building......................................... 291,220 291,220 Land............................................. 276,480 276,480 Construction in progress......................... 102,221 427,241 ------------ ------------ 30,855,996 32,095,971 Less accumulated depreciation.................... (24,954,355) (23,054,478) ------------ ------------ $ 5,901,641 $ 9,041,493 ============ ============ 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Advances to related parties are summarized as follows: DECEMBER 31, ----------------- 1995 1994 -------- -------- Mann Realty Co............................................. $108,212 $ 68,913 Mann Technology, Inc....................................... 7,085 3,813 ATEC International......................................... 41,415 41,415 -------- -------- $156,712 $114,141 ======== ======== The Company has entered into certain noncancelable operating lease agreements for office space with Mann Realty Co., a partnership in which the Company's president is a partner. Minimum annual rental commitments under these leases are included in Note 9 and aggregate $464,959, $323,471, $208,884, $100,800, $100,800, and $756,000 for the years ending December 31, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, and thereafter, respectively. Rents paid to Mann Realty Co. for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993 were $607,913, $546,544, $193,230 and $615,144, respectively. The Company also has $125,000 on deposit with Mann Realty Co. pursuant to lease agreements on certain locations. No interest is earned on advances, and there are no agreements identifying specific repayment terms. The Company's president is an officer and shareholder of Mann Technology, Inc., which serves as the corporate general partner and one-percent owner of WATEC. Mann Technology, Inc.'s 1% interest and earnings therefrom have been reflected as minority interest on the Company's consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations. Two shareholders of the Company are also shareholders in ATEC International. Advances to Mann Technology and ATEC International bear no interest, and there are no agreements identifying specific repayment terms. The Company's interim distributions to shareholders for estimated income taxes have been determined by the Company's management to be advances to shareholders until such time as the actual liability is calculated. Advances to shareholders were $21,266 and $17,947 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company reports shareholder advances as a reduction of shareholders' equity. The Company's Credit Agreement (Note 5) requires that any such shareholder advances in excess of the related tax liability be repaid to the Company when corresponding refunds are received from taxing authorities. F-49 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 5. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CREDIT AGREEMENTS Long-term debt and credit agreements are summarized as follows: DECEMBER 31, ------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------ ----------- Credit agreement: Working capital loan--ATEC....................... $ 1,345,739 $ 332,810 Working capital loan--WATEC...................... 344,017 299,425 ------------ ----------- Borrowings under working capital loans.......... $ 1,689,756 $ 632,235 ============ =========== Term loan one.................................... $ 5,214,793 $ 6,907,321 Term loan two.................................... 1,572,648 2,715,048 Term loan three.................................. 1,240,313 1,791,563 Term loan four................................... 1,709,033 1,475,000 Equipment acquisition loan....................... 1,180,000 -- ------------ ----------- Borrowings under term loans..................... 10,916,787 12,888,932 Notes payable.................................... 1,004,189 914,618 ------------ ----------- 11,920,976 13,803,550 Less current portion............................. (11,043,881) (3,548,168) ------------ ----------- Total long-term debt............................ $ 877,095 $10,255,382 ============ =========== Credit Agreement--Under the Company's credit agreement (the "Agreement") with Bank One, Indianapolis, N.A. ("Bank One"), substantially all assets have been pledged as collateral. The Agreement also contains certain financial covenants which require the Company to meet financial ratios and tests, including a minimum current ratio, a minimum tangible capital test, a maximum debt to tangible capital ratio, and a minimum debt service coverage ratio. The Company was in default of substantially all financial ratio covenants as of December 31, 1995. On April 30, 1996, the Company and Bank One amended and extended the Agreement (the "Amended Agreement"). The Amended Agreement established new financial ratios and tests which the Company is required to maintain. Bank One may, at its sole discretion, extend the maturity date of the working capital loans. The Amended Agreement provides for the revision of a previously established cash collateral account, whereby the Company deposits all cash into the account to pay down working capital loans and then draws funds to meet current operating requirements. Under the Amended Agreement, the working capital loans bear interest, payable monthly, at Bank One's prime rate, which was 8.5% at December 31, 1995, plus .75%, and mature on July 31, 1996. ATEC and WATEC may borrow up to $3,000,000 and $1,000,000, respectively, under the working capital loans. Additionally, the Agreement provides for annual short-term equipment acquisition loans. On April 30, 1996, the due date for the equipment acquisition loan was extended to July 31, 1996. The equipment acquisition loan bears interest at Bank One's prime rate plus 1%. Term loan one is due in consecutive monthly principal payments of $116,500 plus interest, with the remaining unpaid principal plus accrued interest due March 1, 1998. The loan bears interest at Bank One's prime rate plus 1%. Term loan two is due in consecutive monthly principal payments of $95,200 plus interest, with the remaining balances of principal and interest due on June 1, 1997. The loan bears interest at an annual rate of 9.51% through February 28, 1996 and at Bank One's prime rate plus 1% thereafter. Term loan three is due in F-50 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) consecutive monthly principal payments of $45,938 plus interest, with the remaining balance of principal and interest due on February 28, 1998. The loan bears interest at Bank One's prime rate plus 1%. Term loan four is due in consecutive monthly principal payments of $41,700 plus interest, with the remaining balance of principal and interest due March 15, 1999. The loan bears interest at Bank One's prime rate plus 1%. The Term loans contain provisions which permit the bank to accelerate payment terms in the event of non-compliance with covenants included in the working capital loan. A $6,000,000 facility for letters of credit is provided under the Agreement with a 1.5% annual fee on outstanding letters of credit (Note 6). In addition, up to a maximum of $5,000,000 of total indebtedness under the credit agreement has been guaranteed by the Company's principle shareholder. Notes Payable--The Company's principal shareholder advanced the Company $750,000 in September 1994. The note bears interest at 12.0% and the principal and accrued interest are due on February 1, 1997. The note is subordinated to the interest of Bank One. In connection with the retirement of certain performance share obligations, a note with a principal balance of $254,189 was issued in 1995. The first payment of $127,094 plus accrued interest is due in May 1996, with the payment of the remaining $127,095 plus accrued interest due on May 19, 1997. Interest is payable at the prime rate of Bank One. 6. LETTERS OF CREDIT The Company has $5,904,353 in letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 1995, which collateralize performance bonds required under certain contracts, certain litigation, and deductibles under workers' compensation insurance. They expire in various amounts through November 1996. 7. PERFORMANCE SHARE OBLIGATION The Company adopted a Performance Share Plan ("Share Plan") intended to operate for the benefit of key employees of the Company. At the beginning of each fiscal year, each Share Plan participant can elect to receive a portion of his bonus payable under the ATEC Incentive Bonus Plan in the form of Performance Shares ("Shares"), for which the Company has agreed to later pay a formula value per Share, subject to adjustment (see below). Except as otherwise determined by the Board, Shares issued in lieu of cash bonuses were initially valued at twice the book value of shares of the Company's common stock through September 30, 1992 and at one and one-half times the book value of common stock, thereafter ("Purchase Price"). The Company will satisfy the Performance Share Obligation by cash payments to the Share Plan participants in the event of the Share Plan participant's death, total disability, hardship or termination from the Company, or upon sale of 50% of the Company's common stock or substantially all of the assets of the Company. F-51 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) The value per unit and the right to receive payment for Shares held by a Share Plan participant are determined as follows: EVENT CAUSING UNIT REDEMPTION SHARE VALUE DETERMINED BY Death, total disability, hardship or The Share Purchase Price plus or termination. minus the change in book value of the common stock of the Company from the date of purchase to the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the event. Sale or transfer of more than 50% of The payment received by the Company the issued and outstanding common shareholders for each share of the stock of the Company. Company. Sale of substantially all of the The payment received by the Company assets of the Company, or the shareholders for each share of the liquidation of the Company. Company. Activity in the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993 was as follows: PERFORMANCE SHARES OBLIGATIONS ----------- ----------- Balance at September 30, 1992....................... 255,499 $1,580,560 Issued............................................ 3,721 72,634 Redeemed.......................................... (55,343) (323,203) ------- ---------- Balance at September 30, 1993....................... 203,877 1,329,991 Issued............................................ 10,677 120,757 Redeemed.......................................... (1,061) (14,517) ------- ---------- Balance at December 31, 1993........................ 213,493 1,436,231 Cumulative effect of change in accounting method (Note 1)......................................... -- (470,611) Issued............................................ -- -- Redeemed.......................................... (6,558) (43,159) Appreciation in share value....................... -- 217,433 ------- ---------- Balance at December 31, 1994........................ 206,935 1,139,894 Issued............................................ 20,805 154,403 Redeemed.......................................... (87,211) (479,542) Depreciation in share value....................... -- (126,608) ------- ---------- Balance at December 31, 1995........................ 140,529 $ 688,147 ======= ========== 8. PERFORMANCE SHARE OPTION PLAN Effective May 3, 1995, the Company adopted a Performance Share Option Plan ("Option Plan") intended to offer incentives beyond current compensation to certain officers and key employees responsible for furthering the Company's long-term earnings growth. Performance share options are issued at the sole discretion of the Performance Share Option Plan Committee (the "Committee"). Under the Plan, 200,000 option shares are available for grant. The option price is determined by the Committee and for 1995 was set at $7.41 per share. Options are exercisable only upon a "Transfer" of ownership as defined in the Option Plan agreement. The options have no stated expiration date but will expire upon termination of the optionee's employment. No compensation expense was recorded during 1995, since the options were granted at fair market value. At December 31, 1995, there were 77,250 shares under option at an option price of $7.41 per share. F-52 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 9. LEASES Minimum annual rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 1995 (primarily for office space) are as follows: 1996........................................................... $2,642,509 1997........................................................... 1,692,026 1998........................................................... 1,060,172 1999........................................................... 705,190 2000........................................................... 302,074 Thereafter..................................................... 822,097 ---------- $7,224,068 ========== Total rental expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the three months ended December 31, 1993 and the year ended September 30, 1993 was $3,404,000, $3,107,000, $775,000 and $3,216,000, respectively. 10. 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan ("Plan") covering substantially all employees. Annual contributions made by the Company to the Plan are strictly discretionary in nature and may be discontinued or temporarily suspended for a definite or indefinite period of time. The Company's profit sharing contributions are allocated to the account balance of each participant based upon the ratio of the participant's Plan year compensation to the total Plan year compensation of all participants and vest over a six-year period. There were no profit sharing contributions for any of the periods presented. During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company contributed $331,064 to the 401(k) portion of the Plan, equivalent to 50% of employees' pre-tax contributions, up to 3% of each employees' pay. These contributions also vest over a six-year period. Participant forfeitures aggregating $49,460 were retained. The Company's contribution for the year ended December 31, 1994 was $273,513 with forfeitures of $46,938. The Company's contributions to the Plan were $113,850 during the three months ended December 31, 1993. During the year ended September 30, 1993, participant forfeitures totaling $321,033 were retained to satisfy the Company's contribution to the Plan. 11. LITIGATION A lawsuit was filed on April 24, 1991 against the Company in the Superior Court of Lake County, Indiana. The claim alleged negligent and careless conduct on the part of the Company, which resulted in permanent personal injuries being suffered by the plaintiff as a result of exposure to hazardous materials while operating equipment at a landfill. On March 23, 1995, a trial jury returned a verdict against the Company and awarded the plaintiff $704,375 in damages. The Company filed a motion with the Court to correct errors in May 1995 and, as a result, the Court reduced the judgment against the Company by $70,000. Since that time, the plaintiff has accepted the Company's settlement offer of $500,000 and such amount was paid subsequent to December 31, 1995. The Company has pursued recovery of the settlement amount from its insurance carrier and in June 1997 reached an agreement to recover $550,000 from the insurance carrier related to this claim. On March 1, 1994, the Company and another party were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed in the Court of Common Pleas, Franklin, Ohio. The plaintiff alleges that the Company negligently performed an environmental site assessment which failed to indicate environmental contamination that has made a mortgage on the property in the amount of $15 million worthless. The Company believes it has a meritorious defense with F-53 AMERICAN TESTING AND ENGINEERING CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) respect to the lawsuit and intends to vigorously defend the action. While the ultimate outcome cannot be determined at this time, management does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. By letter dated December 12, 1993, the Company entered the Voluntary Disclosure Program administered by the U.S. Department of Defense ("DoD"). The bases of the disclosure are allegations that certain former Company employees paid unlawful gratuities to a federal government inspector concerning a contract at a federal government site. Possible violations involve the federal Anti-Kickback Act, federal criminal law against bribery, and the federal civil False Claims Act. The Company retained independent legal counsel to undertake internal investigation of the matter and to prepare a report for presentation to the Office of the Inspector General, DoD. The Company could be responsible for the repayment of any losses suffered by the federal government related to the gratuities, fraud or kickbacks. In January 1995, the Company submitted the internal investigation report to DoD in which it found that the illegal gratuities had been paid by a former Company employee. The Company paid the federal government the losses identified in the internal investigation report. The Company does not believe it has any additional monetary obligation to the federal government as a result of the matters covered by the investigation; however, the federal government accepted the funds with the express reservation that the acceptance did not constitute a limitation of the Company's liability. The federal government conducted a compliance audit of the report in 1995 and requested additional information to determine if fines should be levied against the Company or if the Company should be suspended from participation in future government contracts. As of June 25, 1997, the Company is negotiating a final settlement agreement with the DoD which will include the withdrawal of the Company from all federal government contracting work. The Company has historically derived approximately 10% of its net service revenues from federal government sources. A complaint was filed in December 1995 against the Company and another party in the Circuit Court of Dade County, Florida. The plaintiff alleges that the Company failed to update its report on the suitability of the foundation material after a substitution in those materials was made. As a result of the plaintiff's reliance on this report, the materials used in the foundation were found to be inadequate and the building pad settled, resulting in damages. The Company believes it has a meritorious defense with respect to the lawsuit and intends to vigorously defend the action. While the ultimate outcome cannot be determined at this time, management does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. On December 5, 1996, the Company received notice of a claim by Western Capital Corporation. Western Capital Corporation's claim against the Company arises from a claim made by a third party. The third party allegedly received serious bodily injuries during the removal of underground storage tanks from Western Capital Corporation's property as a subcontracted employee of the Company. The Company believes it has a meritorious defense with respect to the lawsuit and intends to vigorously defend the action. While the ultimate outcome cannot be determined at this time, management does not believe it will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. The Company has been named or has claims pending arising out of the ordinary conduct of its business. In the opinion of management, these matters are adequately covered by insurance, appropriately provided for in the accompanying financial statements, without merit, or are not material to the Company's financial statements. F-54 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT F-55 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT To the Board of Directors Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. Irvine, California We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of operations and retained earnings and of cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Omaha, Nebraska November 18, 1997 F-56 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. BALANCE SHEET DECEMBER 31, 1996 ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents......................................... $ 713,991 Accounts receivable--net of allowance of $46,625.................. 1,948,991 Accounts receivable--unbilled..................................... 67,459 Prepaid expenses.................................................. 3,365 ---------- Total current assets............................................ 2,733,806 ---------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--net......................................... 136,077 OTHER ASSETS........................................................ 7,450 ---------- TOTAL ASSETS........................................................ $2,877,333 ========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable.................................................. $ 213,397 Accrued expenses.................................................. 117,342 Deferred income................................................... 34,680 ---------- Total current liabilities....................................... 365,419 ---------- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY: Capital stock: Common, $.01 par value--authorized, issued and outstanding, 100,000 shares................................................... 1,000 Retained earnings................................................. 2,510,914 ---------- Stockholders' equity............................................ 2,511,914 ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................... $2,877,333 ========== See notes to financial statements. F-57 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 PROFESSIONAL FEES.................................................. $ 4,274,820 DIRECT PROJECT COSTS............................................... 2,059,102 INDIRECT PROJECT COSTS............................................. 568,957 ----------- Gross margin..................................................... 1,646,761 SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES....................... 498,485 ----------- OPERATING INCOME................................................... 1,148,276 INTEREST INCOME.................................................... 14,433 ----------- NET INCOME......................................................... 1,162,709 RETAINED EARNINGS, Beginning of year............................... 2,397,920 DIVIDENDS.......................................................... (1,049,715) ----------- RETAINED EARNINGS, End of year..................................... $ 2,510,914 =========== See notes to financial statements. F-58 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income...................................................... $ 1,162,709 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization................................. 17,326 Increase in receivables--net.................................. (271,458) Increase in prepaid assets.................................... (1,426) Increase in accounts payable and other liabilities............ 62,260 ----------- Net cash flows from operating activities.................... 969,411 ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property, plant and equipment....................... (46,483) ----------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Dividends paid.................................................. (1,049,715) ----------- NET DECREASE IN CASH.............................................. (126,787) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.................... 840,778 ----------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR.......................... $ 713,991 =========== See notes to financial statements. F-59 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. (the "Company") provides geothermal consulting services (primarily litigation support) in the state of California. 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Revenue and Cost Recognition--Consulting services are generally performed on a cost-plus fixed fee basis. Revenues are recognized as services are performed. Use of Estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Cash and Cash Equivalents--The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Property and Equipment--Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using straight-line depreciation over the following estimated useful service lives of the assets: Leasehold improvements.............................................. 39 years Computer and equipment.............................................. 5 years Furniture and fixtures.............................................. 7 years Lab and field equipment............................................. 7 years Income Taxes--The Company elected to be taxed under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. No income taxes are recorded in the accompanying financial statements as the payment of the income taxes of the Company is the responsibility of the stockholders. 3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are recorded at cost. A summary by classification as of December 31, 1996 is as follows: Computer equipment................................................. $ 86,200 Furniture and fixtures............................................. 62,960 Lab and field equipment............................................ 46,088 Leasehold improvements............................................. 25,437 Vehicles........................................................... 2,920 -------- Total property and equipment..................................... 223,605 Less accumulated depreciation...................................... 87,528 -------- Property and equipment--net...................................... $136,077 ======== F-60 BING YEN & ASSOCIATES, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 4. OTHER ASSETS A summary of other assets at December 31, 1996 is as follows: Investment in joint venture.......................................... $3,950 Loan to related party................................................ 3,500 ------ $7,450 ====== 5. COMMITMENTS The Company has entered into a lease agreement for office space with an affiliated company owned by three officers of the Company. Rent expense related to this lease for the year ended December 31, 1996 was $86,806. Minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1996 are as follows: 1997................................................................ $ 63,763 1998................................................................ 102,496 1999................................................................ 129,600 2000................................................................ 136,800 2001................................................................ 144,000 -------- Total............................................................. $576,659 ======== 6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN The Company has adopted a 401(k) plan covering all eligible employees. The plan provides for matching contributions at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Contribution expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 was $21,957. 7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) Effective November 26, 1997, ATC Group Services, Inc. acquired all of the assets of the Company. F-61 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 TOGETHER WITH REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS F-62 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors of Environmental Warranty, Inc.: We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Environmental Warranty, Inc. (a Connecticut corporation) as of June 30, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996. These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Environmental Warranty, Inc. as of June 30, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. As discussed in Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements, ATC Group Services, Inc., Environmental Warranty, Inc.'s parent effective November 4, 1997, is committed to provide financial support to Environmental Warranty, Inc. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedule of general and administrative expenses (Exhibit I) is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic financial statements. This information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in our audit of the basic financial statements and in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Hartford, Connecticut November 20, 1997 F-63 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 1997 1996 ----------- ----------- ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents.......................... $ 219,367 $ 18,993 Investments held to maturity (market value of $0 and $145,000, respectively)..................................... -- 143,000 Trading account investments, at market............. 10,120 62,357 Interest receivable................................ -- 1,015 Commissions receivable............................. 157,927 117,961 Prepaid expenses................................... -- 4,747 ----------- ----------- Total current assets........................... 387,414 348,073 ----------- ----------- Furniture and equipment, net of accumulated depre- ciation of $24,299 and $18,437, respectively...... 10,488 16,350 Deposits........................................... -- 9,494 Deferred costs, net of accumulated amortization of $342,987 and $258,891, respectively............... 77,485 161,581 ----------- ----------- Total assets................................... $ 475,387 $ 535,498 =========== =========== LIABILITIES: Accounts payable and accrued liabilities........... $ 36,366 $ 13,204 Premiums payable to insurer........................ 297,006 83,918 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities...................... 333,372 97,122 ----------- ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 5, 6 and 8) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: Redeemable, convertible, cumulative 8% preferred stock, 5,000 shares authorized: Series A, 2,668 shares issued and outstanding, initial conversion price of $749.63 per share, plus unpaid dividends........................... 2,747,102 2,587,103 Series B, 1,334 shares issued and outstanding, initial conversion price of $1,491.7541 per share, plus unpaid dividends.................... 2,397,195 2,237,995 Common stock, no par value, 15,000 shares autho- rized, 1,100 and 800 shares issued and outstand- ing, respectively................................. 4,000 1,000 Less--Stock subscriptions receivable............... (2,000) (1,000) Accumulated deficit................................ (5,004,282) (4,386,722) ----------- ----------- Total shareholders' equity..................... 142,015 438,376 ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..... $ 475,387 $ 535,498 =========== =========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-64 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 1997 1996 --------- --------- REVENUES: Commissions earned..................................... $ 543,879 $ 194,210 Investment income...................................... 4,038 32,696 Other.................................................. 5,725 15,450 --------- --------- Total revenue...................................... 553,642 242,356 EXPENSES: General and administrative expenses.................... 850,524 1,000,286 --------- --------- Loss before state income taxes..................... (296,882) (757,930) Provision for state income taxes....................... 1,479 4,821 --------- --------- Net loss........................................... $(298,361) $(762,751) ========= ========= The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-65 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 PREFERRED STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A SERIES B COMMON STOCK STOCK ----------------- ----------------- ------------- SUBSCRIPTIONS ACCUMULATED SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT RECEIVABLE DEFICIT TOTAL ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ------ ------ ------------- ----------- ---------- Shareholders' equity, June 30, 1995.......... 2,668 $2,426,667 1,334 $2,078,359 800 $1,000 $(1,000) $(3,303,899) $1,201,127 Unpaid preferred stock dividends.............. -- 160,436 -- 159,636 -- -- -- (320,072) -- Net loss................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (762,751) (762,751) ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------- ----------- ---------- Shareholders' equity, June 30, 1996.......... 2,668 2,587,103 1,334 2,237,995 800 1,000 (1,000) (4,386,722) 438,376 Unpaid preferred stock dividends.............. -- 159,999 -- 159,200 -- -- -- (319,199) -- Stock options exercised. -- -- -- -- 300 3,000 (1,000) -- 2,000 Net loss................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (298,361) (298,361) ----- ---------- ----- ---------- ----- ------ ------- ----------- ---------- Shareholders' equity, June 30, 1997.......... 2,668 $2,747,102 1,334 $2,397,195 1,100 $4,000 $(2,000) $(5,004,282) $ 142,015 ===== ========== ===== ========== ===== ====== ======= =========== ========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-66 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 1997 1996 --------- ---------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss.............................................. $(298,361) $ (762,751) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization....................... 89,958 89,714 Increase in commissions receivable.................. (39,966) (97,003) Decrease in interest receivable..................... 1,015 25,985 Decrease in deposits................................ 9,494 -- Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses............. 4,747 (266) Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities........................................ 23,162 (17,571) Increase in premiums payable to insurer............. 213,088 36,821 --------- ---------- Net cash provided by (used for) operating activi- ties............................................. 3,137 (725,071) --------- ---------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of trading account investments............... (145,763) (303,474) Proceeds from sale of trading account investments..... 198,000 259,000 Proceeds from maturities of investments held to matu- rity................................................. 243,000 4,975,000 Purchase of investments held to maturity.............. (100,000) (4,223,000) Purchase of furniture and equipment................... -- (2,607) --------- ---------- Cash provided by (used for) investing activities.. 195,237 704,919 --------- ---------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from common stock options exercised.......... 2,000 -- --------- ---------- Cash provided by financing activities............. 2,000 -- --------- ---------- NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.... 200,374 (20,152) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year............ 18,993 39,145 --------- ---------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year.................. $ 219,367 $ 18,993 ========= ========== SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION: Non-cash transactions--Undeclared preferred stock div- idends............................................... $ 319,199 $ 320,074 Cash paid for--Income taxes........................... 1,479 4,821 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-67 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 1. DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY AND BUSINESS: Organization Environmental Warranty, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on April 3, 1992, and sold 1,334 shares of Preferred Stock, Series A for $1,000,000 on May 1, 1992. In April 1993, an additional 1,334 shares of Preferred Stock, Series A were sold for $1,000,000. On April 15, 1994, the Company issued to Lawyers Title Environmental Insurance Service Agency, Inc. (LTEISA) (the Series B preferred shareholder and a subsidiary of Lawyers Title Corporation) 667 shares of Preferred Stock, Series B for $995,000, and obtained an unconditional commitment for the purchase of an additional 667 shares for $995,000, which purchase was consummated on January 15, 1995. Offering costs of $43,580 were charged against the proceeds. As of June 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company had issued 1,100 and 800 shares of common stock to employees of the Company (see Note 5). Business The Company serves as the brokerage and program administrator for environmental site assessment specialty insurance coverage, providing marketing and underwriting services. Prior to March 1996, the Company had a program administration agreement with SAFECO Corporation (SAFECO). This agreement authorized the Company to sell environmental site assessment insurance underwritten by SAFECO. All risk of loss was retained by SAFECO. During 1996, the Company terminated its agreement with SAFECO and entered into a program administration agreement with American International Surplus Lines Agency, Inc. (AIG). This agreement authorizes the Company to sell environmental site assessment insurance underwritten by AIG. All risk of loss is retained by AIG. The Company collects the premiums from the insured, retains a commission and remits the remaining premium to AIG. The Company was a development stage enterprise which had not generated significant operating revenues through June 30, 1996. Prior to July 1996, expenses incurred were primarily related to development, marketing and administration. 2. CHANGE IN COMPANY OWNERSHIP: On November 4, 1997 (the Closing Date), ATC Group Services Inc. (ATC) entered into and closed a Stock Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) with the Company's preferred shareholders, whereby the Company's preferred shareholders sold all outstanding redeemable, convertible, cumulative 8% preferred stock (consisting of 2,668 Series A shares and 1,334 Series B shares) and 1,000 shares of outstanding common stock (100 shares of common stock were retained by one shareholder, see Notes 5 and 8) to ATC. The purchase price consisted of $150,000 in cash, paid the Escrow Agent, as defined in the Agreement, $678,000 in a non-interest bearing promissory note payable, maturing in equal amounts on October 1, 1998, 1999 and 2000, for the benefit of the Qualified Stockholders, as defined in the Agreement, and 33,000 shares of ATC unregistered, restricted common stock. In connection with the transaction, management of ATC is committed to provide the necessary level of financial support to the Company to enable the Company to pay its debts as they become due for the period from the closing date to July 1, 1998, and believes ATC has the financial resources to fulfill that commitment. 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: Revenue recognition The Company recognizes all commissions as earned on the effective date of the underlying policy. F-68 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 Investments The Company records investments held to maturity, representing securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, at amortized cost and trading account investments, representing securities which are held for resale in the near term, at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in investment income. The Company had investments held to maturity, recorded at cost as of June 30, 1996 which matured in July 1996. In addition, the Company holds shares of mutual funds in trading account investments which are recorded at market value. For the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, there were no transfers of securities to the available for sale or trading categories. Deferred costs Costs of $420,472, incurred in May 1993, relating to the initial formation of the Company and product development activities, were capitalized and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a 60-month period. Depreciation Depreciation of furniture and equipment is computed on the straight-line basis over five and seven years, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term investments in commercial paper, with original maturities of less than 90 days. Reclassifications Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1996 financial statements to conform to the 1997 presentation. 4. PREFERRED STOCK: Conversion Each outstanding share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock at conversion prices (subject to adjustment) of $749.63 for each Preferred Stock, Series A share and $1,491.7541 for each Preferred Stock, Series B share, plus any accrued unpaid dividends. As of June 30, 1997, the preferred stock would have been convertible into 4,002 shares of common stock. All of the preferred stock is automatically converted into common stock immediately following a sale of the Company or a public offering in which the aggregate proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, equals or exceeds $7,500,000 without further action by the holder of such shares (see Note 2). Redemption The holders of preferred stock may elect, at their option, to have the Company redeem their outstanding preferred shares beginning May 31, 1998. The redemption price for each share is equal to the initial conversion price per share ($749.63 and $1,491.7541 for Series A and Series B, respectively) plus any accrued unpaid dividends. Also, the Series B preferred shareholder may require redemption of its shares if the marketing agreement is terminated (see Note 6). F-69 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 Dividends Holders of preferred stock are entitled to cumulative annual dividends equal to 8% of the initial conversion price of the preferred stock upon dissolution, conversion into common stock or redemption of the preferred stock. No dividends have been declared or paid as of June 30, 1997; however, the Company has accrued dividends of $319,199 and $320,076 for the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively ($1,197,877 since inception, April 3, 1992), and has reflected these amounts as increases in the carrying value of the preferred stock. Other The holder of the Preferred Stock, Series B has the right to purchase any Series A shares offered for sale by a preferred shareholder to another third party. Preferred shareholders are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote by holders of common stock. Preferred shareholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of common shares into which their preferred shares could be converted. 5. COMMON STOCK: Stock transactions Prior to a shareholder selling any Company common stock, the shareholder must offer such stock to the Company. If the Company does not repurchase the common stock, the shareholder may sell such shares to a third party. In the event that the Series B preferred shareholder obtains a controlling interest, as defined, in the Company, the Company may be required to repurchase all outstanding common stock and redeem all unexercised stock options (see below) upon the occurrence of certain events, at a fair market price, as defined. Long-term incentive stock option plan In 1993, the Company's Board of Directors (the Board) approved a long-term stock option plan (the Plan). Under the Plan the Board has sole discretion to award options. At June 30, 1995 and 1994, 532 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan and options for 475 shares at an exercise price of $10 per share (the fair value of one share of common stock at grant date) had been granted. Effective July 1, 1996, an additional 250 shares were reserved for issuance under the Plan, and effective September 1, 1997, additional options for 100 shares at an exercise price of $10 per share had been granted. The options become exercisable over various periods up to five years from the date the options were granted. The options will lapse if not exercised within 15 years after the original grant date. The term of the options may be accelerated or expired upon certain conditions, as defined. As of June 30, 1997 and 1996, no options had been accelerated or expired. For the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, options for 300 and 0 shares, respectively, were exercised. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had not received the proceeds from the exercise of options for 100 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 1997 and 1996, 100% and 99%, respectively, of the options had vested. As of the Closing Date, the remaining options for 275 shares of common stock had been terminated through termination agreements with each option holder (see Note 2). The Company has the right to repurchase any stock issued pursuant to these options, including stock resulting from stock splits or other recapitalization, upon sale of the Company or acquisition of at least two thirds of the Company's outstanding common stock by a third-party investor. On the Closing Date, 200 of the 300 shares issued and outstanding, due to the exercise of options during 1997, were sold to ATC as described in Note 2. The remaining 100 shares were retained by one common stock shareholder (see Notes 2 and 8). F-70 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 6. MARKETING AGREEMENT: In January 1994, the Company entered into a marketing agreement with the Series B preferred shareholder to assist in the marketing and sale of the product being brokered by the Company. Under this agreement, the Company is required to pay a 5% commission on gross premiums with respect to any product sold by the Series B preferred shareholder on the Company's behalf. For the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, the preferred shareholder's commissions were $20,028 and $18,329, respectively. The initial agreement expires on April 14, 2004 and is subject to automatic one-year renewals unless terminated by either party. If the marketing agreement is terminated by either party, under defined conditions, the Series B preferred shareholder may require that the Company redeem its preferred shares at an adjusted conversion price, as defined, plus unpaid dividends. On October 21, 1997, the marketing agreement was terminated by both the Company and the Series B preferred shareholder. On the Closing Date, the Series B preferred shareholder sold all issued and outstanding Series B preferred stock (1,334 shares) to ATC as described in Note 2. 7. INCOME TAXES: For the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, the provision for income taxes consisted of the following: 1997 FEDERAL STATE TOTAL ---- ------- ----------- ---------- Current provision....................... $ -- $ 1,479 $ 1,479 Deferred benefit........................ -- -- -- ----- ----------- ---------- $ -- 1,479 $ 1,479 ===== =========== ========== 1996 ---- Current provision....................... $ -- $ 4,821 $ 4,821 Deferred benefit........................ -- -- -- ----- ----------- ---------- $ -- $ 4,821 $ 4,821 ===== =========== ========== As of June 30, 1997 and 1996, the components of the deferred income tax asset included in current and deferred income taxes in the accompanying balance sheet were: 1997 1996 ----------- ---------- Total deferred tax asset........................ $ 1,512,395 $1,408,830 Total deferred tax liabilities.................. (17,253) (33,724) Total valuation reserve......................... (1,495,142) (1,375,106) ----------- ---------- Net deferred tax asset.......................... $ -- $ -- =========== ========== The deferred tax asset is the result of net operating loss carryforwards, and the deferred tax liabilities are the result of temporary differences between book and tax depreciation and amortization. A valuation reserve has been established for the net deferred tax asset. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $3,700,000 for federal income tax return purposes (expiring from 2008 through 2012) and approximately $3,700,000 for state income tax return purposes (expiring from 1998 through 2002). Under the Internal Revenue Code, with the change in Company ownership in 1997 (see Note 2), the ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards will be limited. F-71 ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 8. COMMITMENTS: Litigation reserve As of June 30, 1997, the Company was involved in a litigation action by a former employee and common stock shareholder for severance and vacation pay claimed upon the termination of his employment. (This shareholder did not sell his shares of common stock on the Closing Date (see Notes 2 and 5)). Management, based on discussions with legal counsel, cannot determine the likely outcome of this action; however, it believes the Company has meritorious defenses. Management believes that the potential liability ranges from $0 to approximately $60,000. Since the outcome of this matter is uncertain, no provision for liability was reflected in the accompanying financial statements as of June 30, 1997. Leases The Company previously leased its office facilities under a non-cancelable operating lease with a monthly rental of approximately $4,800, which lease term ended July 31, 1997. Subsequently, the Company moved to a different location with a lease term of one year and monthly payments of $2,875. Employment agreements As of June 30, 1997, the Company had employment agreements with three key employees. These agreements are subject to automatic one-year renewals and may be terminated by the Company for cause. The agreements include noncompetition covenants in the event of termination, as defined by the agreements. These agreements were terminated prior to the Closing Date. F-72 EXHIBIT I ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY, INC. SCHEDULE OF GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 1997 1996 -------- ---------- Salaries............................................. $457,866 $ 603,190 Benefits............................................. 21,971 31,409 -------- ---------- 479,837 634,599 -------- ---------- Travel and entertainment............................. 29,910 41,957 Depreciation and amortization........................ 89,959 89,714 Professional services................................ 80,349 30,312 Advertising and promotion............................ 4,868 38,726 Rent................................................. 56,387 58,035 Insurance............................................ 33,435 37,929 Commissions.......................................... 20,028 18,329 Consulting........................................... 15,893 12,429 Telephone............................................ 14,368 14,080 Insurance filings and license bonds.................. 9,023 4,380 Postage.............................................. 7,683 9,054 Printing and supplies................................ 6,523 5,404 Subscriptions........................................ 131 329 Taxes................................................ 917 1,270 Miscellaneous........................................ 1,213 3,739 -------- ---------- 370,687 365,687 -------- ---------- $850,524 $1,000,286 ======== ========== The accompanying notes are an integral part of this schedule. F-73 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPEC- TUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RE- LIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY GUARAN- TOR. NEITHER THE MAKING OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER PURSUANT TO THIS PROSPECTUS NOR THE ACCEPTANCE OF PRIVATE NOTES FOR SURRENDER FOR EXCHANGE PURSUANT THERETO SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF. ---------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ---- Available Information..................................................... 3 Summary................................................................... 5 Risk Factors.............................................................. 20 The Company............................................................... 26 No Cash Proceeds to the Company........................................... 28 Capitalization............................................................ 29 The Exchange Offer........................................................ 30 Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data..................... 37 Selected Historical Financial Data........................................ 44 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation................................................................ 45 Business.................................................................. 54 Management................................................................ 75 Principal Stockholders.................................................... 80 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................ 81 Description of the New Credit Facility.................................... 82 Description of the Notes.................................................. 83 Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations............................ 112 Plan of Distribution...................................................... 112 Legal Matters............................................................. 113 Experts................................................................... 113 Index to Financial Statements............................................. F-1 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ATC GROUP SERVICES INC. 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 12% SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 ---------------- OFFER TO EXCHANGE ---------------- , 1998 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, ATC's Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director of ATC will not be personally liable to ATC or its Stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director, except under certain circumstances including breach of the director's duty of loyalty to ATC or its Stockholders or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. ATC's By-Laws provide for the indemnification of ATC's officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In this respect, ATC entered into indemnification agreements with its officers and directors to hold them harmless and to indemnify each person from and against all fines, amounts paid in settlements and expenses, including attorneys' fees incurred as a result of or in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person was a director or officer of ATC or served any other corporation in any capacity at the request of ATC, in the manner and to the extent permitted by law. ATC has been advised that it is the opinion of the Commission that insofar as the foregoing provisions may be invoked to disclaim liability for damages arising under the federal securities laws, that such provisions are against public policy as expressed in such securities laws and are therefore unenforceable. ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) EXHIBITS 1.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1998, between Acquisition Corp. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated. 3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company. 3.2 By-Laws of the Company. 4.1 Indenture, dated as of January 29, 1998 among Acquisition Corp. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee. 4.2 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., the Guarantors named therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company. 4.3 Form of Exchange Note (included in Exhibit 4.1) 4.4 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1998, between Acquisition Corp., the Guarantors named therein and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated. *5.1 Opinion and Consent of Chadbourne & Parke LLP regarding validity of the Exchange Notes. *8.1 Tax Opinion of Chadbourne & Parke LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). 10.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and Nicholas J. Malino. 10.2 Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and Christopher P. Vincze. 10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Acquisition Corp., various banks and Bankers Trust Company, as agent. II-1 10.4 First Amendment, dated as of February 5, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., ATC Group Services Inc., the lenders party to the Credit Agreement (Exhibit 4.1) and Bankers Trust Company, as agent. 10.5 Second Amendment, dated as of February 27, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., ATC Group Services Inc., the banks party to the Credit Agreement (Exhibit 4.1), Bankers Trust Company, as agent, and each of the lenders listed on Schedule A thereto. 10.6 Severance, Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and between ATC Group Services Inc. and George Rubin. 10.7 Severance, Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and between ATC Group Services Inc. and Morry F. Rubin. 10.8 Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Business Assets, dated August 18, 1997, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., Smith Technology Corporation, BCM Engineers Inc. (DE. Corp.), BCM Engineers Inc. (PA. Corp.), BCM Engineers Inc. (AL. Corp.) and BCM Engineers Inc. (W. VA. Corp.) 10.9 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 26, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. and Glenn Tofani. 10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 1997, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., Conning Insurance Capital Limited Partnership II, Conning Insurance Capital International Partners II, Cullinane & Donnelly Venture Partners, Limited Partnership, Lawyers Title Environmental Insurance Services Agency, Inc. and Charles L. Perry, Jr. 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. 23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 23.3 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP *23.4 Consent of Chadbourne & Parke LLP (included in Ex. 5.1). 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page). *25.1 Statement of Eligibility of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee. **27.1 Financial Data Schedule. *99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal. *99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. *99.3 Form of Exchange Agent Agreement. (b) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts - -------- * To be filed by amendment. ** Submitted only with the electronic filing of this document with the Commission pursuant to Regulation S-T under the Securities Act. ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS 1. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form. II-2 2. The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a) (3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. 3. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim of indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. 4. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post- effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. II-3 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Group Services Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents and/or either of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Chief Operating Officer March 30, _____________________________________ and Director (Principal 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE Executive Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) /s/ Wesley W. Lang, Jr. Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 WESLEY W. LANG, JR. /s/ Nora E. Kerppola Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 NORA E. KERPPOLA /s/ Benjamin J. James Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 BENJAMIN J. JAMES II-4 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Blattert Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President and Director March 30, _____________________________________ (Principal Executive 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ John J. Smith Secretary and Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 JOHN J. SMITH II-5 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Construction Services Inc. /s/ Christopher P. Vincze By: _________________________________ Name: Christopher P. Vincze Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Christopher P. Vincze, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Christopher P. Vincze President and Director March 30, _____________________________________ (Principal Executive 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) /s/ P. Douglas Burgess Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 P. DOUGLAS BURGESS /s/ Kevin F. Drinan Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 KEVIN F. DRINAN /s/ James A. Cleveland Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 JAMES A. CLEVELAND II-6 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Environmental Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents and/or either of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Vice President and March 30, _____________________________________ Director 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) II-7 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Insys Technology Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:Chief Executive Officer Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino Chief Executive Officer March 30, _____________________________________ and Director (Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ John J. Goodwin President, Chief Operating March 30, _____________________________________ Officer and Director 1998 JOHN J. GOODWIN /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) II-8 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC Management Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President and Director March 30, _____________________________________ (Principal Executive 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) /s/ Mary J. Tounsley Vice President, Secretary March 30, _____________________________________ and Director 1998 MARY J. TOUNSLEY /s/ John J. Smith Treasurer and Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 JOHN J. SMITH II-9 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. ATC New England Corp. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents and/or either of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President, Secretary and March 30, _____________________________________ Director (Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Vice President, Treasurer March 30, _____________________________________ and Director (Principal 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE Executive Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) II-10 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:Chief Executive Officer Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino Chief Executive Officer March 30, _____________________________________ and Director (Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ Bing C. Yen President and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 BING C. YEN Executive Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) /s/ John W. Cowdery Vice President, Secretary, March 30, _____________________________________ Treasurer, Chairman of 1998 JOHN W. COWDERY the Board and Director /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Director March 30, _____________________________________ 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE II-11 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. Environmental Warranty, Inc. /s/ Christopher P. Vincze By: _________________________________ Name: Christopher P. Vincze Title:Chief Executive Officer Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Christopher P. Vincze, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Chief Executive March 30, _____________________________________ Officer,Secretary and 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Charles L. Perry, Jr. President, Chief Operating March 30, _____________________________________ Officer and Director 1998 CHARLES L. PERRY, JR. (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ Nicholas J. Malino Vice President and March 30, _____________________________________ Director 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO II-12 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK ON MARCH 30, 1998. Hygeia Laboratories Inc. /s/ Nicholas J. Malino By: _________________________________ Name: Nicholas J. Malino Title:President Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Nicholas J. Malino and Christopher P. Vincze, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all amendments and supplements to any prospectus relating thereto and any other documents and instruments incidental thereto, and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents and/or either of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED ON MARCH 30, 1998. SIGNATURE TITLE DATE /s/ Nicholas J. Malino President, Treasurer and March 30, _____________________________________ Director (Principal 1998 NICHOLAS J. MALINO Executive Officer) /s/ Christopher P. Vincze Secretary and March 30, _____________________________________ Director(Principal 1998 CHRISTOPHER P. VINCZE Executive Officer) /s/ Wayne A. Crosby Controller (Principal March 30, _____________________________________ Financial and Accounting 1998 WAYNE A. CROSBY Officer) II-13 INDEX TO EXHIBITS EXHIBIT NUMBER ------- (a) 1.1 Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1998, between Acquisition Corp. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated. 3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Company. 3.2 By-Laws of the Company. 4.1 Indenture, dated as of January 29, 1998, among Acquisition Corp. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee. 4.2 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., the Guarantors named therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company. 4.3 Form of Exchange Note (included in Exhibit 4.1). 4.4 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1998, between Acquisition Corp., the Guarantors named therein and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated (included in Exhibit 1.1). *5.1 Opinion and Consent of Chadbourne & Parke LLP regarding validity of the Exchange Notes. *8.1 Tax Opinion of Chadbourne & Parke LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). 10.1 Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and Nicholas J. Malino. 10.2 Employment Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and Christopher P. Vincze. 10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Acquisition Corp., various banks and Bankers Trust Company, as agent. 10.4 First Amendment, dated as of February 5, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., ATC Group Services Inc., the lenders party to the Credit Agreement (Exhibit 4.1) and Bankers Trust Company, as agent. 10.5 Second Amendment, dated as of February 27, 1998, among Acquisition Holdings, Inc., ATC Group Services Inc., the banks party to the Credit Agreement (Exhibit 4.1), Bankers Trust Company, as agent, and each of the lenders listed on Schedule A thereto. 10.6 Severance, Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and between ATC Group Services Inc. and George Rubin. 10.7 Severance, Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1998, by and between ATC Group Services Inc. and Morry F. Rubin. 10.8 Agreement for Sale and Purchase of Business Assets, dated August 18, 1997, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., Smith Technology Corporation, BCM Engineers Inc. (DE. Corp.), BCM Engineers Inc. (PA. Corp.), BCM Engineers Inc. (AL. Corp.) and BCM Engineers Inc. (W. VA. Corp.) 10.9 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 26, 1998, between ATC Group Services Inc., Bing Yen & Associates, Inc. and Glenn Tofani. 10.10 Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 1997, by and among ATC Group Services Inc., Conning Insurance Capital Limited Partnership II, Conning Insurance Capital International Partners II, Cullinane & Donnelly Venture Partners, Limited Partnership, Lawyers Title Environmental Insurance Services Agency, Inc. and Charles L. Perry, Jr. 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. EXHIBIT NUMBER ------- 23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 23.3 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. *23.4 Consent of Chadbourne & Parke LLP (included in Ex. 5.1). 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page). *25.1 Statement of Eligibility of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee. **27.1 Financial Data Schedule. *99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal. *99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. *99.3 Form of Exchange Agent Agreement. (b) Financial Statement and Schedules Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts - -------- * To be filed by amendment. ** Submitted only with the electronic filing of this document with the Commission pursuant to Regulation S-T under the Securities Act. 2